EX-99.1 2 a15-14234_1ex99d1.htm EX-99.1

Exhibit 99.1

 

CRDB BANK PLC

 

RIGHTS ISSUE

 

INFORMATION MEMORANDUM

 

16th JUNE 2015

 


 

Rights issue of 435,306,432 New Ordinary Shares of TZS. 25 par value at an Offer Price of TZS 350 per share, at the rate of One (1) New Ordinary Share for every Five (5) shares held at 18th June, 2015.

 


 

The bank that listens

 



 

CRDB BANK PLC

 

RIGHTS ISSUE

 

INFORMATION MEMORANDUM

 

16th JUNE 2015

 


 

Rights issue of 435,306,432 New Ordinary Shares of TZS. 25 par value at an Offer Price of TZS 350 per share, at the rate of One (1) New Ordinary Share for every Five (5) shares held at 18th June, 2015.

 


 

The bank that listens

 



 

CAUTION

 

This Information Memorandum has been prepared in compliance with the Companies Act, Cap. 212 of the Laws of Tanzania (Act No. 12 of 2002) and the Capital Markets and Securities Act, Cap. 79 of the Laws of Tanzania (Act No. 5 of 1994).

 

A copy of this Information Memorandum has been delivered to the Capital Markets and Securities Authority and to the Registrar of Companies for registration. The securities offered in this Information Memorandum have not been approved or disapproved by the Capital Markets and Securities Authority.

 

Prospective investors should carefully consider the matters set forth under the caption “Risk Factors” in section 5 of this Information Memorandum.

 

If you are in doubt about the contents of this Information Memorandum, you should consult your Investment Advisor, Stockbroker, Lawyer, Banker or any other Financial Consultant.

 

Notice to U.S. Shareholders

 

The Rights Issue is made for the securities of a company incorporated in the United Republic of Tanzania. The offering of securities via the Rights Issue is subject to disclosure requirements that are different from those of the United States. Financial statements included in the document have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), rather than U.S. GAAP, and may not be comparable to the financial statements of United States companies.

 

It may be difficult for you to enforce your rights and any claim you may have arising under U.S. federal securities laws, since CRDB Bank PLC is incorporated and located in the United Republic of Tanzania, and all of its officers and directors are residents of the United Republic of Tanzania or other foreign countries. You may not be able to sue a foreign company or its officers or directors in a foreign court for violations of U.S. securities laws. It may be difficult to compel a foreign company and its affiliates to subject themselves to a U.S. court’s judgment.

 

i



 

IMPORTANT NOTICE

 

This document is important and should be read in its entirety. If you are in doubt about the contents of this document or what action to take, you are advised to contact your Stockbroker, Investment Advisor, Financial Advisor, Banker or other relevant professional advisor, who specializes in advising on the acquisition of shares and other securities.

 

This Information Memorandum contains information that is provided in compliance with the requirements of the Companies Act, Cap. 212 of the Laws of Tanzania (Act No. 12 of 2002), the Capital Markets and Securities Act, Cap 79 of the Laws of Tanzania (Act No. 5 of 1994), the regulations of the Capital Markets and Securities Authority (CMSA) and the Rules of the Dar es Salaam Stock Exchange (DSE).

 

This Information Memorandum is issued by CRDB Bank PLC (“the Bank” or “the Issuer” or “the Company” or “the Group”) and has been prepared in respect of the issue and subscription of the New Shares being issued under CRDB Bank Plc capital raising exercise (the “Rights Issue”) and subsequent listing of the New Shares on the Main Investment Market Segment of the DSE. This follows approval of the Rights Issue by the Board and Shareholders through resolutions dated 20th March 2015 and 9th May 2015 respectively.

 

The Entitlement and Acceptance Form required for the subscription of the Rights Shares accompanies this Information Memorandum. The Offer will open at 9:00 am on 26th June 2015 and close at 4:00 pm on 16th July 2015. The application procedure has been set out in Section 2 of this Information Memorandum and in the accompanying Entitlement and Acceptance Form.

 

The Offer shares applied for pursuant to the Offer will rank pari-passu in all respect with the existing issued ordinary shares of CRDB Bank Plc. The Offer shares will qualify for any dividend to be declared for the financial year 2015 and onwards.

 

DIRECTORS RESPONSIBILITIES

 

The Board of Directors of the Company, whose names appear in section 4 of this Information Memorandum, have taken all reasonable care to ensure that the facts stated and the opinions expressed herein are true and accurate in all material respects, and there are no other material facts the omission of which would make any statement herein, whether of fact or opinion, misleading. The Board of Directors accepts responsibility for the information contained in this document.

 

LEGAL ADVISORS OPINION

 

Abenry and Company, the Legal Advisors, have given and not withdrawn their written consent to the inclusion in this Information Memorandum of their Legal Opinion in part 8.

 

REPORTING ACCOUNTANT OPINION

 

This Information Memorandum contains the Reporting Accountant’s opinion from Deloitte &Touché, Certified Public Accountants (Tanzania) which constitutes a statement made by an expert in terms of Chapter V of the Companies Act. The Reporting Accountant have given and not withdrawn their consent to the issue of the said statement in the form and context in which it is included in this Information Memorandum.

 

ii



 

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENT

 

This Information Memorandum contains “forward looking statements” relating to the Bank’s business. All statements, other than statements of historical fact are, or may be deemed to be forward-looking statements, including, without limitation, those concerning: strategy; the economic outlook for the industry; cash, costs, growth prospects and outlook for operations, individually or in the aggregate; and liquidity, capital resources, expenditure and the outcome and consequences of any pending litigation proceedings. These forward-looking statements are not based on historical facts, but rather reflect current views concerning future results and events and generally may be identified by the use of forward-looking words or phrases such as “believe”, “may”, “aim”, “expect”, “anticipate”, “intend”, “foresee”, “forecast”, “likely”, “should”, “would be”, “planned”, “estimated”, “potential” or similar words and expressions. Examples of forward-looking statements include statements regarding a future financial position or future profits, cash flows, corporate strategy, anticipated levels of growth, estimates of capital expenditures, acquisition strategy, future expansion projects or future capital expenditure levels and exchange rates, sales forecasts and parameters and other economic factors, such asinterest rates and inflation. The Issuer cautions that forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance. Actual results, financial and operating conditions, liquidity and the developments within the industry in which the Issuer operates may differ materially from those made in, or suggested by, the forward-looking statements contained in this Information Memorandum.

 

The prospective investors should keep in mind that any forward-looking statement made in this Information Memorandum is applicable only at the date on which such forward-looking statement is made. New factors that could cause the business of CRDB Bank Plc not to develop as expected may emerge from time to time and it is not possible to predict all of them. The Issuer has no duty to, and does not intend to update or revise the forward-looking statements contained in this Information Memorandum after the date of this Information Memorandum, except as may be required by law.

 

iii



 

DIRECTORS DECLARATION

 

We, the Directors of CRDB Bank Plc whose names appear in section 4of this Information Memorandum, collectively and individually accept full responsibility for the accuracy of the information given and certify that to the best of our knowledge and belief there are no other facts the omission of which would make any statement false or misleading; that we have made all reasonable enquiries to ascertain such fact and that the application contains all information required by law.

 

Signed by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Martin J. Mmari

 

John B. Rugambo

Chairman

 

Company Secretary

 

iv



 

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT

 

Dear Shareholders,

 

I thank you sincerely for taking time to attend the 20th Annual General Meeting which was held in Arusha on 9th May, 2015. A number of crucial resolutions including this Rights Issue were approved by Shareholders. On behalf of the Board of Directors, I present to you this Information Memorandum and accompanying Provision Allotment Letter (PAL) in respect of the Bank’s renounceable rights issue. I request all Shareholders to take advantage of this opportunity and subscribe for the additional one share for every five shares held as at the closure of the Shareholders’ Register on Thursday, 18th June, 2015.

 

The Bank has continued to attain positive growth in most of the key performance indicators for the past five years, amidst stiff competition from banks and other providers of financial services in Tanzania. By the end of year 2014, total assets were TZS 4.2 trillion and total deposits were TZS 3.5 trillion. The loan portfolio reached TZS 2.5 trillion as at December 2014, which signifies the contribution of the Bank to the economic development of the country.

 

The Bank registered expansion of its retail network to reach 123 branches, 13 mobile branches, 936 Point of Sale (POS) terminals, 374 ATMs, 469 Microfinance partner institutions, 1,067 Fahari Huduma Agents including 37 Extension Counters at Post Offices throughout the country and 1 Call Center.

 

The exemplary performance of the Bank over the past five years has enabled it to provide a competitive return to Shareholders. As stipulated in the 5-year Business Strategy, the focus is to grow sales of existing products and to expand service to retail, SME and designated corporate clients. We will, therefore, continue to implement a number of initiatives as outlined in our business strategy to improve overall performance by serving current customers and registering new customers.

 

It is imperative for the Bank to invest in the right technology, processes, equipment and in staffing to be able to deliver the required results and remain ahead of the competition. It is on this basis, the Bank is requesting Shareholders for additional capital to facilitate various investments. The Bank expects to raise TZS 152 billion from the Rights Issue at TZS 350 per share at a discount of 22% from the reference average trading price.

 

The Directors take responsibility for the content of this Information Memorandum and request Shareholders to carefully read the Rights Issue Information Memorandum.

 

The procedure for acceptance, payment and/or renunciation of Rights are contained in part 2.5 of this Information Memorandum.

 

Yours Sincerely,

 

/s/ Martin J. Mmari

 

Martin J. Mmari

 

Chairman

 

 

v



 

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS

 

“BOT”

 

Bank of Tanzania, which is the Central Bank of Tanzania.

 

 

 

“CMSA”

 

Capital Markets and Securities Authority, the Regulator of Capital Markets in Tanzania.

 

 

 

“Collecting Agent”

 

All branches oflicensed dealing members of the DSE and of CRDB BankPlc.

 

 

 

“Bank” or “CRDB”

 

CRDB Bank Plc, a company incorporated under the Companies Act, Cap 212 of the Laws of Tanzania.

 

 

 

“DSE”

 

Dar es Salaam Stock Exchange.

 

 

 

“Eligible Shareholders”

 

The Shareholders who, on the Record Date, are members of the Bank and “Eligible Shareholder” shall be construed accordingly.

 

 

 

“Entitlement and Acceptance Form”

 

The form to be sent by the Bank to an Eligible Shareholder and completed by an Eligible Shareholder as set out in Appendix 1 of this Information Memorandum and in accordance to the terms and conditions set out in the form.

 

 

 

“FCC”

 

Fair Competition Commission.

 

 

 

“Information Memorandum”

 

This Rights Issue Information Memorandum and appendices to it.

 

 

 

“Lead Advisor”

 

Orbit Securities Company Limited, a licensed Investment Advisor, appointed Lead Advisors to this Issue.

 

 

 

“Maximum Underwriting Commitment”

 

The TZS. Equivalent US$77.7 million in aggregate subject to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement.

 

 

 

“New Shares”

 

The new ordinary shares of CRDB Bank Plc, that are to be issued pursuant to this Information Memorandum.

 

 

 

“Offer Price”

 

TZS 350 per New Share.

 

 

 

“Reporting Accountant”

 

Deloitte &Touchéhaving their registered office on the 10th Floor, PPF Tower, Ohio Street/Garden Avenue, Dar-es-Salaam Tanzania.

 

 

 

“PAL”

 

Provisional Allotment Letter, a letter sent out to qualifying Shareholders in respect of the New Shares.

 

 

 

“Record date”

 

18th June, 2015 the date on which entitlement to Rights issue shares will be determined.

 

 

 

“Receiving Bank”

 

CRDB Bank Plc.

 

 

 

“Rights”

 

The right to subscribe for New Shares under the terms of this IM and the PAL.

 

 

 

“Rights Issue Closure”

 

The date of closure of the Rights Issue which is 16(h) July 2015.

 

vi



 

“Rights Issue”

 

The issue of 435,306,432 New Shares by way of rights as described in this document.

 

 

 

“Renounceable Rights”

 

A rightattached to a securitythatonemaybuy or sellseparatelyfromthatsecurity.

 

 

 

“Share” or “Shares”

 

An ordinary share of TZS.25.00 in the share capital of the Bank and “Ordinary Share” or “Ordinary Shares” shall be construed accordingly.

 

 

 

“Shareholders”

 

Members of the Bank who hold Shares in the share capital of the Bank and “Shareholder” shall be construed accordingly.

 

 

 

“Underwriters”

 

International Finance Corporation (IFC), Africa Capitalisation Fund Ltd (AfCap) and CDC Group Plc (CDC).

 

 

 

“Underwriting Agreement”

 

The agreement dated 16th June 2015entered intobetween the Bank and the Underwriters.

 

 

 

“Untaken Rights”

 

The aggregate of New Shares not subscribed for which will be sold to the Underwritersat TZS.32 per New Share subject to the Maximum Underwriting Commitment.

 

 

 

“Untaken Rights Payment”

 

TZS.32 per New Share not subscribed and sold to the Underwriters(subject to the Maximum Underwriting Commitment).

 

vii



 

CORPORATE INFORMATION

 

Contact Information forthe Bank

 

CRDB Bank Plc

4th Floor, Office Accommodation Scheme, Azikiwe Street

P.O. Box 268

Dar es Salaam, Tanzania

Tel: +255 22 2114237 / 2117442 – 7

Fax: +255 22 2131005 / 2116714

Email: shareholders@crdbbank.com; investorrelations@crdbbank.com

 

Current Directors of the Bank

 

NAME

 

POSITION

 

NATIONALITY

Martin J. Mmari

 

Chairman

 

Tanzanian

Juma A. Abdulrahman

 

Member

 

Tanzanian

Rose F. Metta

 

Member

 

Tanzanian

Kai Kristoffersen

 

Member

 

Danish

Bede P. Lyimo

 

Member

 

Tanzanian

Boniface C. Muhegi

 

Member

 

Tanzanian

Ally H. Laay

 

Member

 

Tanzanian

Adam H. Mayingu

 

Member

 

Tanzanian

Frederick T. Sumaye

 

Member

 

Tanzanian

Lawrence N. Mafuru

 

Member

 

Tanzanian

Charles S. Kimei

 

Managing Director

 

Tanzanian

 

Other Corporate Information

 

 

Company Secretary

 

John B. Rugambo

 

 

CRDB Bank Plc

 

 

4th Floor, Office Accommodation Scheme,Azikiwe Street

 

 

P.O Box 268, Dar es Salaam, Tanzania

Financial Calendar

 

Financial Year End — 31 December

Auditors

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers

 

 

Certified Public Accountants (Tanzania)

 

 

Pemba House, 369 Toure Drive, Oyster Bay

 

 

P.O Box 45, Dar es Salaam, Tanzania

Legal Advisors

 

Abenry and Company Advocates

 

 

3rd Floor, Main Tower, Golden Jubilee Towers

 

 

P.O Box 3167 Dar es Salaam, Tanzania

Main Banker

 

Bank of Tanzania

 

 

10 Mirambo Street

 

 

P.O. Box 2939, Dar es Salaam

 

viii



 

TRANSACTION ADVISERS

 

 

Lead Transaction Advisor

 

ORBIT SECURITIES COMPANY LTD.

 

Stockbrokers / Dealers, Investment Advisers and Fund Managers

 

(Member of the Dar es Salaam Stock Exchange)

 

Golden Jubilee Tower,4th Floor,Ohio Street,P.O.Box 70254 Dar es salaam,Tanzania.

 

Tel: +255 22 2111758, +255 22 2120863. Fax+255 22 2113067. Website: www.orbit.co.tz Email: orbit@orbit.co.tz

 

Lead Receiving Bank

 

Legal Advisor

 

CRDB Bank Plc

 

Abenry & Company, Advocates

4th Floor, Office Accommodation Scheme, Azikiwe Street

 

Golden Jubilee Towers, 3rd Floor, Main Tower, Ohio Street

P.O Box 268 Dar es Salaam, Tanzania

 

P.O Box 3167 Dar es Salaam, Tanzania

Tel: +255 22 2114237 / 2117442 – 7

 

Tel: +255 22 2123661

Fax: +255 22 2131005 / 2116714

 

Fax: +255 22 2123681

Email:shareholders@crdbbank.com

 

Email: info@abenry.com

 

 

 

 

 

 

Registrar

 

Reporting Accountant

 

CRDB Bank Plc

 

Deloitte &Touché

4th Floor, Office Accommodation Scheme, Azikiwe Street

 

Certified Public Accountants (Tanzania) 10th Floor, PPF Tower

P.O Box 268 Dar es Salaam, Tanzania

 

Corner of Ohio Street & Garden Avenue

Tel: +255 22 2114237 / 2117442 – 7

 

P.O. Box 1554

Fax: +255 22 2131005 / 2116714Email:

 

Dar es Salaam

treasuryoperations@crdbbank.com

 

Tanzania

 

 

 

Sponsoring Broker

 

 

 

 

Orbit Securities Company Limited

 

 

Golden Jubilee Tower, 4TH Floor Ohio Street

 

 

P.O Box 70254, Dar es Salaam, Tanzania

 

 

Tel: +255 22 2111758, +255 22 2120863

 

 

Fax: +255 22 2113067

 

 

Email: orbit@orbit.co.tz

 

 

 

ix



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

CAUTION

i

 

 

IMPORTANT NOTICE

ii

 

 

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENT

iii

 

 

DIRECTORS DECLARATION

iv

 

 

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT

v

 

 

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS

vi

 

 

CORPORATE INFORMATION

viii

 

 

TRANSACTION ADVISERS

ix

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

x

 

 

PART 1: SALIENT FEATURES OF THE RIGHTS ISSUE OFFER

1

 

 

1.1 The Offer

1

 

 

1.2 Rights Issue Statistics

1

 

 

1.3 Purpose of the Rights Issue

1

 

 

1.4 Other Key Rights Issue Data

1

 

 

1.5 Timetable of Principal Events

2

 

 

PART 2: DETAILS OF THE RIGHTS ISSUE

3

 

 

2.1 Basis of Offer Price

3

 

 

2.2 Underwriting

3

 

 

2.3 Terms of the Rights Issue

3

 

 

2.3.1 Offer for subscription

3

 

 

2.3.2 Status of the New Shares

3

 

 

2.3.3 Opening and Closing Date of the Rights Issue

3

 

 

2.4 Entitlement of the Rights

4

 

 

2.5 Procedures in respect to the Rights Issue

4

 

 

2.5.1 Acceptance and Application Procedure

4

 

 

2.6 Options Available to Eligible Shareholders

5

 

 

2.7 Application Money

5

 

 

2.8 Rejection Policy

5

 

 

2.9 Refund policy

5

 

 

2.10 Untaken Rights and Allocation Policy

5

 

 

2.11 Foreign Investors

6

 

 

2.12 Regulatory Restrictions

6

 

 

2.13 Tax Implications

6

 

x



 

2.14 Expenses of the Offer

6

 

 

2.15 Governing Law

7

 

 

PART 3: OVERVIEW OF CRDB BANK PLC

8

 

 

3.1 Background

8

 

 

3.2 Economic outlook

8

 

 

3.3 Key Milestone in 2014

9

 

 

3.4 Shareholders as at 31 December 2014

10

 

 

3.5 Financial Highlights

11

 

 

3.6Bank’s Business Segment

13

 

 

3.7 Experienced Board and Management Team

14

 

 

3.8 Use of proceeds

14

 

 

3.9 Financial Projections summary

15

 

 

PART 4: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE, BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

16

 

 

4.1 Responsibilities of the Board

16

 

 

4.2 Composition of the Board

16

 

 

4.3 Board and Management Committees

16

 

 

4.3.1 Audit Committee

16

 

 

4.3.2 Credit Committee

17

 

 

4.3.3 Governance and Human Resources Committee

17

 

 

4.3.4 Risk Committee

17

 

 

4.4 Directors’ Shareholding

17

 

 

4.5 Board of Directors Profile

18

 

 

4.6 Senior Management Team

22

 

 

PART5: RISK FACTORS

26

 

 

5.1 Policy Reviews

26

 

 

5.2 Financial risks

26

 

 

5.2.1 Credit risk

26

 

 

5.2.2 Liquidity Risk

26

 

 

5.2.3 Market risk (interest rate, foreign exchange and price risks)

27

 

 

5.3 Operational Risks

28

 

 

5.4 Compliance Risk

28

 

 

5.5 Political Risk

28

 

 

5.6 Strategic Risk

28

 

 

5.7 Reputational Risk

28

 

 

PART 6: STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

29

 

 

6.1 Incorporation Details

29

 

xi



 

6.2 Registered office of the Company

29

 

 

6.3 Authorized and Issued Share Capital

29

 

 

6.4 Extracts from the Memorandum and Articles of Association

29

 

 

6.4.1 Memorandum

29

 

 

6.4.2 Articles

30

 

 

PART 7: REPORTING ACCOUNTANT’S OPINION

35

 

 

PART 8: LEGAL OPINION

128

 

 

1. Background and purpose

128

 

 

2. Interpretation

128

 

 

3. Reviewed documentation and procedures; Qualifications

129

 

 

4. Opinion

131

 

 

5. Consent

141

 

 

RECEIVING AGENTS

142

 

 

APPENDIX I: SAMPLE PROVISIONAL ALOTMENT LETTER (PAL)

143

 

 

APPENDIX II: SAMPLE ENTITLEMENT AND ACCEPTANCE FORM

145

 

 

APPENDIX III: APPLICATION GUIDELINES

146

 

 

APPENDIX IV: CRDB BANK PLC DISRTIBUTION NETWORK ACROSS THE COUNTRY

147

 

xii



 

PART 1: SALIENT FEATURES OF THE RIGHTS ISSUE OFFER

 

This section contains a summary of the offer for New Shares. This Information Memorandum should be read in full along with other documents available for inspection for a full appreciation of the Offer.

 

1.1 The Offer

 

CRDB Bank Plc is offering a total of 435,306,432 New Shares at TZS.350 per Share to raise TZS.152,357,251,200(before expenses) under this Information Memorandum on the basis of 1 New Share for every 5 Ordinary Shares held on the Record Date of 18th June, 2015.

 

1.2 Rights Issue Statistics

 

Offer Price

TZS. 350 per New Share

Total Number of New Shares Offered

435,306,432 Ordinary Shares, to rank paripassu in all respects with the existing Ordinary Shares

Total amount to be raised before expenses

TZS. 152,357,251,200

Ratio of entitlement of the offer

1 New Share for every 5 Ordinary Shares Held

Untaken Rights Payment

TZS. 32 per New Share not subscribed and sold to the Underwriters (subject to the Maximum Underwriting Commitment)

 

1.3 Purpose of the Rights Issue

 

The Rights issue is being undertaken subsequent to a recommendation made by CRDB Bank Plc Board of Director’s passed on 20th March 2015 and approved at the Ordinary General Meeting held on 9th May 2015. The proceeds of the Rights Issue shall be used;

 

·                   To extend the Bank’s growth strategies and invest in branch optimizations.

 

·                   To support growth inrisk assets in the SME, retail andcorporate sectors.

 

·                   To invest in IT systems and processes for efficiency improvement.

 

·                   To support regional expansion and growth of financial subsidiaries.

 

1.4 Other Key Rights Issue Data

 

Par Value of each share

 

25

Total Number of Shares of CRDB Bank Plc

 

4,000,000,000

Total number of issued and fully paid up Shares before the Rights Issue

 

2,176,532,160

Authorized share capital of CRDB Bank Plc

 

TZS100,000,000,000

Fully paid up share capital of CRDB Bank Plc before the Rights Issue

 

TZS 54,413,304,000

Market Capitalization (closing price TZS 430 on the DSE on 31 December 2014)*

 

TZS935,908,828,800

Offer Price per Share

 

TZS 350

Number of New Shares on offer under the Rights Issue

 

435, 306,432

Gross proceeds of the offer (assuming full subscription)

 

TZS 152,357,251,200

Rights issue expenses [estimate 1% of the offer amount]

 

TZS1,523,572,512

Net Proceeds of the offer

 

TZS150,833,678,688

Total number of issued and fully paid up Shares after the Rights Issue

 

2,611,838,592

Earnings Per Share (EPS) for the year ended 31 December 2014

 

TZS43.93

Total Dividends declared and paid for the year ended 31 December 2014

 

32,647,982,400

Fully paid up share capital of CRDB post Rights Issue (assuming full subscription)

 

TZS65,295,964,800

Maximum Underwriting Commitment of the Underwriters

 

TZS. equivalent of US$77.7 million

 


*Market capitalization (closing price TZS 400 on the DSE on 31 March 2015) 870,612,864,000

 

1



 

1.5 Timetable of Principal Events

 

Activity

 

Time

Record Date

 

18th June 2015

Distribution of IM and PALs to Eligible Shareholders

 

22nd June 2015

Commencement of Rights Issue

 

26th June 2015

Closing Date

 

16th July 2015

Announcement of Offer Results

 

10th August 2015

Listing and Commencement of Trading at the DSE

 

14th August 2015

 

2



 

PART 2: DETAILS OF THE RIGHTS ISSUE

 

2.1       Basis of Offer Price

 

The Directors have set the Rights Issue price at TZS.350 per Share, approximately 22% discount on the weighted average price of 90 trading days at 31st March 2015 which was 447. Accordingly, Eligible Shareholders have been provisionally allotted Shares at a price of TZS.350per Share.

 

2.2       Underwriting

 

The Rights Issue is underwritten by International Finance Corporation (IFC), Africa Capitalisation Fund Ltd (AfCap) and CDC Group Plc (CDC) (subject to the Maximum Underwriting Commitment). Each Underwriter is responsible for a specified proportion of the Maximum Underwriting Amount. A summary of the Agreement is set out in the legal opinion.

 

The underwriting is subject to a number of conditions, including that the approval of the Tanzanian Fair Competition Commission (FCC) has been obtained for the Underwriters’ investment in CRDB Bank Plc. This approval may take up to three months from the date of this Information Memorandum.

 

2.3       Terms of the Rights Issue

 

2.3.1 Offer for subscription

 

CRDB Bank Plc hereby offers to Eligible Shareholders as of the Record Date of 18th June, 2015by way of renounceable rights, a total of 435,306,432 New Shares at the Rights Issue Offer price of TZS.350 per New Share payable in full on acceptance of the terms set out below:

 

1.              Persons who are not Eligible Shareholders as of the Record Date will not be entitled to participate in the offer.

 

2.              The Rights Issue is on the basis of 1 New Share for every 5 Existing Shares held.

 

3.              The number of New Shares that an Eligible Shareholder is entitled to (i.e. your entitlement or your number of Rights) is shown on the PAL.

 

4.              Rights are renounceable to the Underwriters at TZS. 32 per New Share subject to the Maximum Underwriting Commitment and the provisions of this IM.

 

5.              Eligible Shareholders may also, at their option, choose not to take any action at all and untaken Rights will be treated as 4 above.

 

2.3.2 Status of the New Shares

 

The New Shares will rank paripassu in all respects withexisting Shares including the right to receive in full all dividends and other distributions declared, made or paid in respect of the Ordinary Shares, for the financial year ending 31 December 2015.

 

Eligible Shareholders who comply with the procedures for acceptance as set out in this Information Memorandum, will receive their New Shares in electronic form by way of credit to their respective CDS Accounts. It is the responsibility of Eligible Shareholders to ensure that their CDS Account details set out in the Entitlement and Acceptance Form are correct.

 

New Shares will be admitted atthe DSE on Friday, 14th August, 2015 with dealings of New Shares commencing on the same date.

 

2.3.3 Opening and Closing Date of the Rights Issue

 

The Rights Issue will open at 9:00 a.m. on Friday, 26th June, 2015 and close at 4:00 p.m. on Thursday, July 16th, 2015.

 

3



 

2.4     Entitlementof the Rights

 

Shareholder’s entitlement is shown on the PAL. The number of New Shares offered to Eligible Shareholders has been calculated pro rata on the basis of the ratio of the entitlement and no restrictions are placed on the number of existing shares to be held before entitlement accrues. However, mathematically, this might result in fractional entitlements to New Shares and in such an event, fractions will be rounded downwards to the nearest whole number.

 

Fractions of New Shares that result from applying theratio of the entitlement will form part of the Untaken Rights, which are to be sold to the Underwriters at TZS. 32 per New Share (subject to the Maximum Underwriting Commitment).

 

2.5     Procedures in respect to the Rights Issue

 

2.5.1 Acceptance and Application Procedure

 

Eligible Shareholders may take up all, some or none of the Rights. Eligible Shareholders wishing to take up all or part of their Rights are required to observe the following:

 

i)                               Acceptance of the Offer, once given is irrevocable.

 

ii)                            Persons wishing to apply for New Shares must complete the Entitlement and Acceptance Form.

 

iii)                         Except in the case of negligence or willful default on the part of CRDB Bank Plc, their Advisors or any of the Authorized Agents, neither the Issuer, nor any of the Advisors nor any of the Authorized Agentsshall be under any liability whatsoever should an Entitlement and Acceptance Form not be received by the Closing Date.

 

iv)                        Acceptance may only be communicated by submitting a duly completed Entitlement and Acceptance Form together with Application Money for the number of New Shares applied for, which cannot be withdrawn and constitutes a binding application for the number of New Shares specified in the Entitlement and Acceptance Form. The Entitlement and Acceptance Form must be signed so as to be binding.

 

v)                           The Entitlement and Acceptance Form, once duly completed and signed, must be returned to CRDB Bank Plc either directly or through any Authorized Agent, together with the Application Money for the number of New Shares. Payment of the Application Money must be made as specified in section 2.9 no later than 4.00 pm on Thursday 16th, July 2015.

 

vi)                        New Shares in respect of which a duly completed and signed Entitlement and Acceptance Form together with the Application Money paid in accordance with the sections above, are not received by CRDB Bank Plc or an Authorized Agent by the dates and times stipulated in this IM will be deemed not have been subscribed.

 

vii)                     Eligible Shareholders who wish to take up their full entitlement are required to duly complete the section entitled “Full Acceptance” (PART A: I) as well as other relevant sections of the PAL. Eligible Shareholders wishing to accept only part of their Entitlement are required to duly complete the section of the PAL entitled “Partial Acceptance” (PART A:II) as well as other relevant sections of the PAL.

 

viii)                  Only Eligible Shareholders will be permitted to renounce their Rights. In such an event, Eligible Shareholders who wish to renounce some or all of their Rights in this way may instruct any Authorized Agent to dispose of any or all of such Rights by way of sale to the Underwriters at TZS. 32 per New Share (subject to the Maximum Underwriting Commitment).

 

4



 

2.6     Options Available to Eligible Shareholders

 

i)          Full Acceptance: Eligible Shareholder may choose to take up full quota of the entitled shares.

 

ii)         Partial Acceptance: Eligible Shareholder may choose to only pay for partial shares whereby the rest of the shares shall be sold to the Underwriters at TZS. 32 per New Share (subject to the Maximum Underwriting Commitment).

 

iii)        Do nothing: Eligible Shareholder may decide to do nothing and therefore the entitlement to Rights will lapse. In this case, there will be a dilution of shareholding following the Rights Issue. Lapsed rights will be sold to the Underwritersat TZS. 32 per New Share (subject to the Maximum Underwriting Commitment).

 

2.7     Application Money

 

Payment for the New Shares shall be made in the form of a banker’s cheque for values that are below Ten million shillings or through TISS for values that are above Ten million shillings.Such bankers cheques for each PAL must be in Tanzanian Shillings and drawn on a licensed bank that is a member of the Central Bank of Tanzania Clearing House, and should be made payable to “CRDB Bank Plc Rights Issue-PAL”. Payment may also be made by Authorized Agents on behalf of Eligible Shareholders or deposited directly by the Eligible Shareholders to a dedicated collection account. Please note that no interest will be payable by CRDB Bank Plc on money received.

 

2.8     Rejection Policy

 

In addition to the procedure for acceptance set under section 2.7, applications will also be rejected for the following reasons:

 

a)             The PAL is missing;

 

b)             The number of shares applied for are not in multiples set out in the Information Memorandum;

 

c)              Missing CDS form number

 

d)             Missing financing bank details in case of financed application;

 

e)              Missing or illegible name of primary applicant/joint applicant/corporate applicant in any application;

 

f)               Missing or illegible identification number, including company registration number;

 

g)              Missing account number or name for nominee applications;

 

h)             Insufficient documentation;

 

i)                 Missing or illegible postal address and postal code;

 

j)               Missing bank details and verification documents where mode of refund is indicated as electronic fund transfer(the refund will be defaulted to a cheque payment);

 

k)             Missing or inappropriately signed Application Form;

 

l)                 Application bears stamps from two different Agents

 

2.9       Refund policy

 

No interest will be paid on any application monies to any Eligible Shareholder or other person taking the Rights. Payment of refunds in foreign currency shall be made having regard to the prevailing exchange rates less bank charges for the foreign currency draft.

 

2.10          Untaken Rights and Allocation Policy

 

All Eligible Shareholders who apply for their New Shares in full shall receive the full number of New Shares indicated in their PAL. New Shares not taken up shall form Untaken Rights which shall be sold to the Underwritersat TZS. 32 per New Share (subject to the Maximum Underwriting Commitment).Subject to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, the Underwriters have agreed to make payment to the Bank of the aggregate Untaken Rights Payment, and the Bank has undertaken to make payment of this amount to Shareholders accounts in respect of their Untaken Rights within four (4) weeks after the later of the Closing Date and the date FCC approval is obtained.

 

5



 

2.11     Foreign Investors

 

Foreign Investors wishing to apply for New Shares must satisfy themselves as to the full observance of the laws of the relevant jurisdiction and governmental and other consents to ensure that all requisite formalities are adhered to, and pay any issue, transfer or other taxes due in such jurisdiction. Before applying for and purchasing New Shares, foreign investors are advised to consult their own professional advisors as to whether they require any governmental or other approvals or need to observe any applicable legal or regulatory requirements.

 

2.12     Regulatory Restrictions

 

Eligible Shareholders are requested to note that CRDB Bank Plc is subject to the provisions of the Banking and Financial Institutions Act, Cap 342 of the Laws of Tanzania (the “Banking Act”) and the Capital Markets and Securities Act, Cap 79 of the Laws of Tanzania and the Regulations made thereunder. Notable, for purposes of the Rights Issue are the provisions summarized below. Eligible Shareholders are required to seek their own advice in connection with these matters.

 

Section (15)-1 of the Banking Act stipulates that “A person shall not own or control, directly or indirectly, a beneficial interest of more than twenty percent of the voting shares of any bank or financial institution, except as provided in this section” and Subsection (2) prohibits any transfer of ownership or control of a beneficial interest in shares of a bank or financial institution that results in ownership or control of five percent or more of voting shares unless the Bank of Tanzania has granted prior approval of the transfer.

 

2.13     Tax Implications

 

Eligible Shareholders interested in participating in the Rights Issue should consult their tax advisors of any possible tax implications connected with the Rights Issue. Therefore, CRDB Bank Plc and the Directors consider it inappropriate to provide detailed advice in respect of taxation consequences in connection with the Rights Issue save for what is expressly set out in this Information Memorandum.

 

Neither CRDB Bank Plc nor any of the Directors or any CRDB Bank Plc officers or advisors accepts any liability for any tax implications of Eligible Shareholders in connection with the Rights Issue. Local investors and Foreign Investors are subject to withholding tax on dividends at the rate of 5%.

 

2.14     Expenses of the Offer

 

Role

 

Name

 

Amount [TZS]

Lead Transaction Advisor/ Sponsoring Broker

 

Orbit Securities Company Limited

 

115,000,000

Legal Advisor

 

Abenry and Company

 

41,300,000

Lead Receiving Bank

 

CRDB Bank Plc

 

50,000,000

Reporting Accountants Fee

 

Deloitte &Touché

 

56,640,000

CMSA Evaluation Fees

 

CMSA

 

86,178,626

CDS

 

Dar es Salaam Stock Exchange

 

60,900,000

Listing Fee

 

Dar es Salaam Stock Exchange

 

30,000,000

Printing Expenses and Postage Expenses

 

 

 

59,530,000

Public Relations

 

 

 

30,000,000

Collecting Agent Fees

 

CRDB Bank Plc and Brokers

 

355,491,830

Cost Associated with Underwriting

 

 

 

568,876,500

Contingency

 

 

 

69,655,556

Total

 

 

 

1,523,572,512

 

The figuresabove are inclusive of VAT (where applicable) and may be subject to change.

 

6



 

2.15     Governing Law

 

The Rights Issue documents and any contract resulting from the acceptance of an application to purchase the New Shares shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Laws of Tanzania.

 

7



 

PART 3: OVERVIEW OF CRDB BANK PLC

 

VISION

 

To be the leading bank, which is customer need driven with competitive returns to Shareholders.

 

MISSION

 

To provide competitive and innovative financial products and services leveraging technology to achieve distinctive customer experience. We strive to create value for all stakeholders and the society.

 

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES

 

The Bank is licensed in Tanzania under the Banking and Financial Institutions Act, Cap 342 of the Laws of Tanzania (Act No. 5 of 2006). It has two subsidiaries namely CRDB Microfinance Services Company Limited (MFSC) which operates in Tanzania; and CRDB Bank Burundi S.A. which is licensed in Burundi under the Banks and Financial Institutions Act, 2003 of Burundi. The principal activity of the Bank and its subsidiary CRDB Bank Burundi S.A is the provision of banking services while CRDB Microfinance Services Company subsidiary is mainly engaged in provision of micro-finance services through the Bank’s branches.

 

3.1     Background

 

CRDB was incorporated on 28th June 1996. The incorporation followed a successful subscription of shares by individuals, corporate institutions and DANIDA Investment Fund. The first Shareholders’ meeting was held on 1st September, 1996 and seven Shareholders were elected to be members of the Board of Directors of CRDB (1996) Limited. The other three members of the Board were appointed by DANIDA Investment Fund while the Managing Director and Deputy Managing Director became Ex-officio members of the Board as per the Bank’s Memorandum and Articles of Association.

 

In July 1999 the privatized bank changed its name from CRDB (1996) Limited to CRDB Bank Limited for marketing purposes. CRDB is not an abbreviation. As at November 2008, CRDB had 56 Branches in all regions of Tanzania mainland.On 28th December 2007, CRDB Bank Limited changed its name to CRDB Bank Public Limited Company necessitated by requirements of the new Companies Act.

 

Currently CRDB Bank Plc has 123 Branches in all regions of Tanzania Mainland with 2,387 employees, a subsidiary in Burundi and Microfinance Services Company with 469 microfinance partners. Strategically, the bank has continued to invest in expansion of its traditional channels whereby it established 374 ATMs, 13 Mobile Branches, 936 POS Terminals, 1,067 Agency (Fahari Huduma), 37 Extension Counters and 1 Call Centre.

 

3.2     Economic outlook

 

Overall macroeconomic performance of Tanzanian economy continues to be fairly strong, with Gross Domestic Product (GDP) growing to 7.2% in 2014 [7.0%: 2013]. GDP is estimated to remain on its current growth trajectory into the near future, with the rate of growth averaging around 7% per year. The expected positive outlook is based on the ongoing investment due to discovery of natural gas reserve and the ongoing construction of gas pipeline from Mtwara to Dar es salaam which is expected to promote other business opportunities and general infrastructure development particularly roads, railways and related investments in power generation in the country which will further boost the domestic production. Other main drivers of GDP growth are telecommunications, transport, financial intermediation, manufacturing, construction, and retail trade sectors.

 

8



 

Advances in technology and innovation in Tanzania has made tremendous progress in using mobile telephone to deliver financial services. Increasingly mobile technology has emerged to be a key driver of development of new business systems enabling entrepreneurs and related stakeholders such as banks, customers and suppliers to have a convenience linkage in business. Currently more than a half of users of mobile technology have access to mobile money accounts, of which they utilize it for sending and receiving money. This trend in financial services sector has gradually contribute to Country’s economic growth.

 

Furthermore, Tanzania economy is not excluded from global economic forces to reinforce its growth. Thus, dependent on global economy advancement has to be taken into broad consideration for GDP growth. According to IMF on World Economic Outlook (WEO) published in January 2015 pinpoint that, the growth rate is expected to be 3.5% in 2015 compared to 3.4 in 2014. The Global financial conditions are assumed to continue strengthening due to lesser fiscal tightening and acceleration of accommodative monetary condition. The favorable future prospects of global economy will increase in both external and domestic demand for Country’s export and imports.

 

Inflation rate declined from 6.6% recoded in September 2014 to 4.8% recorded in December 2014. The decline was mainly attributed to a slowdown of food prices coupled with a gradual decline of oil prices. Inflation is expected to stabilize at around 5% pending insignificant changes in both local and global commodity prices. Food items and oil prices continued to be the most inflation catalysts in Tanzania’s economy and the region in general.

 

The Bank projects substantial growth prospects and sustainable macroeconomic stability. A stable, growing economy creates steady platform for the banking industry to prosper and CRDB Bank as an industry leader is poised to seize the opportunities. The Bank will continue implementing its business strategy with due consideration of emerging opportunities and focusing mainly on consolidation of products, systems and platforms introduced in the previous year’s such as internet and mobile banking, mobile branches, ATMs and Point of Sale (POS) terminals to ensure quality service. Additionally, to address high cost of funds, the Bank will aggressively focus on the untapped market through agent banking (Fahari Huduma) and Service Centers.

 

3.3       Key Milestone in 2014

 

Bank Invested heavily in expansion of its network — 20 new branches/ services centers were opened and 63 additional ATMs installed.

 

·                       A total of 575 new Fahari Huduma agents were recruited bringing the total of Fahari Huduma Agents to 1,067, including 37 TPC Agents.

 

·                       A total of 863 (81%) of agents were fully connected to the Banks systems and had recorded a good volume of transactions.

 

The 2014 strategic plan was set out to achieve a consolidation and deepening in the existing products and services. During the period a number of projects were initiated of completed including:

 

·                       Core Banking System Upgrade and automation of credit management system projects were commenced during the fourth quarter.

 

·                       The project milestones including ICT operational effectiveness, creating capacity to support increased business opportunities posed by growth in transaction of volumes through alternative channels and positioning to offer seamless and customized value proposition to customers as part of our competitive edge.

 

9



 

3.4 Shareholders as at 31 December 2014

 

3.4.1 Shareholding by groups as at 31 December 2014

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Share holding group

 

No of shares

 

%

 

No of shares

 

%

 

10% and more

 

685,183,680

 

31.5

 

685,183,680

 

31.5

 

1% to less than 10%

 

485,695,315

 

22.4

 

462,572,726

 

21.3

 

Less than 1%

 

1,005,653,165

 

46.1

 

1,028,775,754

 

47.2

 

Total

 

2,176,532,160

 

100.0

 

2,176,532,160

 

100.

 

 

3.4.2 Major Shareholders as at 31 December 2014

 

Major Shareholders

 

No. of Shares

 

%

 

DANIDA Investment Fund

 

467,781,934

 

21.5

 

PPF Pension Fund

 

217,401,746

 

10.0

 

Blakeney General Partners III Ltd

 

80,105,578

 

3.7

 

Standard Chartered Kenya Nominees A/C Pinebridge

 

65,732,400

 

3.0

 

Re Pictet&CIE A/C General Partners IV Ltd

 

55,082,392

 

2.5

 

LAPF Pension Fund

 

48,397,958

 

2.2

 

Western Zone Tobacco Co-operative Union (WETCO)

 

36,000,000

 

1.7

 

Public Service Pension Fund (PSPF)

 

31,531,350

 

1.4

 

Standard Chartered Bank Mauritius - Altree Custody Services Ltd

 

30,127,409

 

1.4

 

Hans AingayaMacha

 

27,303,500

 

1.3

 

National Health Insurance Fund

 

26,700,034

 

1.2

 

CMG Investment Limited

 

20,703,680

 

1.0

 

Lindi Development Fund

 

21,660,000

 

1.0

 

SCB Re Pictec& CIE A/C Patrick Schegg

 

21,230,300

 

1.0

 

Re Pictec & CIE SA A/C - Blakeney Investors

 

21,120,714

 

1.0

 

Total

 

1,170,878,995

 

53.9

 

 

10



 

3.5 Financial Highlights

 

Financial Highlights

 

2010

 

2011

 

2012

 

2013

 

2014

 

Net Interest Income

 

125,005

 

153,385

 

206,276

 

235,601

 

276,187

 

Impairment losses on loans &advances

 

20,357

 

31,216

 

26,403

 

31,519

 

36,886

 

Net Fees & Commissions

 

46,591

 

61,914

 

74,605

 

92,759

 

118,604

 

Net Foreign Exchange Income

 

22,081

 

1,549

 

22,782

 

28,528

 

29,334

 

Operating Income

 

175,380

 

186,997

 

278,342

 

325,421

 

387,501

 

Operating expenses

 

111,246

 

135,984

 

170,640

 

203,400

 

255,257

 

Net Income

 

47,246

 

37,710

 

80,543

 

84,378

 

95,645

 

Loans, Advances and Overdrafts

 

1,153,527

 

1,429,262

 

1,806,865

 

1,993,106

 

2,545,296

 

Total assets

 

2,305,224

 

2,713,641

 

3,074,816

 

3,558,668

 

4,210,097

 

Total Deposit

 

2,019,394

 

2,408,676

 

2,591,033

 

3,024,429

 

3,390,921

 

Shareholders’ funds

 

233,511

 

254,764

 

317,432

 

375,750

 

441,151

 

Non-performing loans & advances

 

132,675

 

134,783

 

124,586

 

126,307

 

129,247

 

 

Key Ratio’s

 

2010

 

2011

 

2012

 

2013

 

2014

 

Earnings Per Share

 

21.71

 

17.33

 

37

 

38.8

 

43.9

 

ROAA (%)

 

3.08

%

2.03

%

3.75

%

3.68

%

3.60

%

ROAE (%)

 

21.41

%

15.45

%

28.15

%

24.35

%

25.20

%

Cost to Income Ratio

 

64.20

%

73.25

%

61.53

%

62.60

%

65.90

%

Non-Funded Income/ Total Income

 

36.14

%

29.70

%

32.30

%

34.00

%

34.90

%

Net Profit Margin (%)

 

24.14

%

17.28

%

26.40

%

23.60

%

22.54

%

Capital/Assets

 

11.20

%

10.45

%

9.39

%

10.56

%

10.50

%

Capital/Deposits

 

11.56

%

10.58

%

12.25

%

12.42

%

13.00

%

Loans/Total Deposits

 

57.10

%

61.20

%

71.00

%

67.10

%

76.00

%

NPL /Total Loans

 

11.50

%

9.43

%

6.80

%

6.20

%

5.00

%

 

11



 

Financial highlights

 

 

12



 

3.6Bank’s Business Segment

 

The Bank has four business segments namely Treasury, Retail banking and Microfinance and Corporate banking. The performance of each segment is presented below:

 

 

 

Corporate

 

Retail Banking

 

Treasury

 

Total

 

 

 

BankingTZS’

 

& Microfinance

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

Year ended 31 December 2014

 

Million

 

TZS’ Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

Interest income

 

182,752

 

103,194

 

85,753

 

371,699

 

Interest expense

 

(57,961

)

(30,614

)

(6,937

)

(95,512

)

Internal interest income/(expense)

 

17,603

 

14,224

 

(31,827

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

142,394

 

86,804

 

46,989

 

276,187

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan impairment charges

 

(30,506

)

(6,380

)

 

(36,886

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income after loan impairment charges

 

111,888

 

80,424

 

46,989

 

239,301

 

Fees and commission income

 

43,746

 

76,601

 

1,151

 

121,498

 

Fees and commission expenses

 

(857

)

(2,037

)

 

(2,894

)

Net fees and commission income

 

42,889

 

74,564

 

1,151

 

118,604

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net foreign exchange income

 

 

2,123

 

27,211

 

29,334

 

Other operating income

 

47

 

224

 

(9

)

262

 

Other operating expenses

 

(40,914

)

(57,973

)

(7,558

)

(106,445

)

Employee benefit expenses

 

(53,518

)

(58,849

)

(8,582

)

(120,949

)

Depreciation and amortisation

 

(11,117

)

(16,687

)

(59

)

(27,863

)

Profit before tax

 

49,275

 

23,826

 

59,143

 

132,244

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

(13,152

)

(7,646

)

(15,801

)

(36,599

)

Profit for the year

 

36,123

 

16,180

 

43,342

 

95,645

 

Assets and liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Segment assets

 

1,730,077

 

1,471,433

 

746,387 3,

 

947,897

 

PPE additions

 

18,138

 

15,426

 

7,825

 

41,389

 

Unallocated assets

 

 

 

 

220,811

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

1,748,215

 

1,486,859

 

754,212

 

4,210,097

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Segment liabilities

 

(2,122,851

)

(1,217,734

)

(307,353

)

(3,647,938

)

Unallocated liabilities

 

 

 

 

(121,008

)

Total liabilities

 

(2,122,851

)

(1,217,734

)

(307,353

)

(3,768,946

)

 

13



 

GeographicalSegment Performance

 

 

 

Tanzania

 

Burundi

 

Total

 

Year ended 31 December 2014

 

TZS’ Million

 

TZS’ Million

 

TZS’ Million

 

External operating income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

369,365

 

2,334

 

371,699

 

Interest expense

 

(93,938

)

(1,574

)

(95,512

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

275,427

 

760

 

276,187

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan impairment charges

 

(36,760

)

(126

)

(36,886

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income after loan impairment charges

 

238,667

 

634

 

239,301

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fees and commission income

 

121,090

 

408

 

121,498

 

Fees and commission expenses

 

(2,677

)

(217

)

(2,894

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net fees and commission income

 

118,413

 

191

 

118,604

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net foreign exchange income

 

27,211

 

2,123

 

29,334

 

Other operating income

 

93

 

169

 

262

 

Other operating expenses

 

(102,756

)

(3,689

)

(106,445

)

Employee benefit expenses

 

(117,671

)

(3,278

)

(120,949

)

Depreciation and amortisation

 

(26,825

)

(1,038

)

(27,863

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) before Tax

 

137,132

 

(4,888

)

132,244

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income Tax Expense

 

(36,599

)

 

(36,599

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) for the year

 

100,533

 

(4,888

)

95,645

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets and liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Segment assets

 

4,108,703

 

101,394

 

4,210,097

 

Segment liabilities

 

(3,679,563

)

(89,383

)

(3,768,946

)

 

3.7Experienced Board and Management Team

 

CRDB BankPlc is led by a strong Board and dynamic management team that represent very experienced professionals in the banking industry having worked for different entities both locally and internationally. Board of directors and Management profiles are presented in section 4of this Information Memorandum.

 

3.8 Use of proceeds

 

The net proceeds of the Rights Issue will be used exclusively to maintainregulatory requirement of capital adequacy ratio in line with implementation of Bank’s 5 years strategic plan; network expansion locally (at least 6 outlets each year), regional expansion, ICT investments (network, communication and software), investments in alternative banking channels like ATMs, Card business and mobile banking. The proceeds will also be used in implementing construction of Head office and archive centre.

 

14



 

3.9Financial Projections summary

 

·                  Assets are projected to grow by 20% from TZS. 4.2 trillion recorded as of December 2014 to TZS. 5.0 trillion in December 2015.

·                  Deposits are projected to grow by 18% from TZS. 3.3 trillion in December 2014 to TZS. 4.0 trillion in December 2015.

·                  Profit before tax is projected to increase by 34% from TZS. 132 billion to TZS. 176 billion in December 2015.

·                  Operating expenses are expected to increase by 21% from TZS. 255 billion in December 2014 to TZS. 309 billion.

·                  Share Capital is expected to increase from TZS. 54.4 Billion to TZS 65.3 following the issuing of 435,306,432 new Ordinary Shares by way of rights issue.

 

15



 

PART 4: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE, BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

 

4.1       Responsibilities of the Board

 

The Board’s primary role is to protect and enhance long term Shareholders value, while considering the interests of other stakeholders. The Board is responsible for the overall corporate governance of the Group including formulating its strategic direction, setting policies for all areas of the Group’s activities, approving and monitoring business plans and budgets, setting remuneration, appointing, removing and creating succession policies for the management team, establishing and monitoring the achievement of management’s goals and ensuring the integrity of risk management, internal controls, legal compliance and management information systems. The Board is also responsible for approving and monitoring financial and other reporting of the Group to Shareholders.

 

4.2       Composition of the Board

 

The current Board comprises eleven Directors who are non-executive while the Managing Director is an Ex-Officio member. A non-executive Chairman, who is elected by Directors every year, leads the Board. Every member with ten percent (10%) of the issued and fully paid up share capital of the Bank is entitled to appoint a Director. Members owning between 1% and 10% of the issued and fully paid up share capital are jointly entitled to elect a Director for every 10% of shares held. Members owning less than 1% of the issued and fully paid up share capital jointly elect one (1) Director and additionally one (1) Director for every 10% of shares held. Danida Investment Fund (DIF) appoints two Directors. There is also an independent director to be appointed by all Shareholders.

 

4.3       Board and Management Committees

 

The role of Board Committees is to assist the Board in its responsibilities in key areas and is operationalized through Committee charters. The Board has four Committees namely; Audit Committee, Credit Committee, Governance and Human Resources Committee and Risk Committee.

 

4.3.1 Audit Committee

 

The committee comprises 5 directors but may vary from time to time as determined by the Board. The Committee holds five meetings in a year. The external auditors are invited and present audit findings and opinion on audited annual accounts. The Managing Director, Deputy Managing Directors, Director of Finance and Director of Internal Audit also attend the meetings as invitees.

 

The Board Audit Committee reviews significant accounting policies and financial reporting system to ensure that they are adequate and are complied with at all times. It reviews adequacy of internal control systems and monitors implementation of actions to address issues raised by internal auditors, external auditors and regulators.

 

The Committee assists the Board in evaluation and selection of external auditors on annual basis. It can also recommend termination of existing auditors whenever it is found that their performance is not in line with the assigned duties and responsibilities and/or there is no independence for the auditors to discharge their duties in a professional manner.

 

The Director of Internal Audit reports directly to the Committee. On annual basis, the Committee reviews and approves the scope of internal auditors work plan and budget for the year while ensuring that it covers all high risk areas in the Group’s operations. The Committee also receives reports of findings observed by internal auditors on quarterly basis for review and recommendation to the Board.

 

16



 

4.3.2 Credit Committee

 

The Credit Committee holds ten meetings during the year. The Managing Director, Deputy Managing Directors, Director of Corporate Banking and Director of Credit participate in the meetings as invitees.

 

The main function of the Credit Committee is to monitor performance and quality of the credit portfolio, appraise and approve loans within its credit approval limit and recommend to the Board for approval facilities beyond its limit. The Committee reviews the Credit Policy at least once a year and ensures that it contains sound fundamental principles that facilitate the identification, measurement, control and monitoring of credit risk as well as having appropriate plans and strategies for credit risk management.

 

4.3.3 Governance and Human Resources Committee

 

Governance and Human Resources Committee holds five meetings during the year. The Managing Director, Deputy Managing Directors and Director of Human Resources participate in the meetings.

 

The main function of this Committee is to develop, review and enhance the Bank’s approach to corporate governance and human resources management practices. The Committee ensures that there is a succession plan for executives and other key positions within the group. The Committee is also responsible for reviewing and recommending compensation strategy and changes in compensation for the Board, senior management and other employees of the Bank.

 

It also makes general recommendations to the Board on corporate governance, including directorship practices, recruitment and retirement policies for Executives of the group, issues arising from the AGM, the functions and duties of the Committees of the Board, and any changes/issues that the Committee believes to be desirable in the matters to be covered by the Board or any of its Committee.

 

4.3.4 Risk Committee

 

The Risk Committee holds four meetings during the year. The Managing Director, Deputy Managing Directors and Director of Risk and Compliance participate in the meetings as invitees.

 

The main function of the Risk Committee is to assist the Board in reviewing risk management strategies and policies and recommend them for approval. It provides the Board with regular assessments of the group risk profile and management of identified risks on quarterly basis and it monitors the implementation of risk management action plans. The Committee also reviews adequacy and effectiveness of balance sheet management and its related risks through Asset Liability Management Committee (ALCO) reports presented by Management to the Committee every quarter.

 

4.4 Directors’ Shareholding

 

None of the Directors indirectly or directly hold in excess of 1% of the share capital of the Issuer.

 

17



 

4.5 Board of Directors Profile

 

The Bank’s directors are appointed by the Shareholders as provided in the Articles of Association of the Bank. A brief profile of each of the Bank’s directors at the date of the Information Memorandum is as follows:

 

No

 

NAME

 

POSITION

 

NATIONALITY

 

QUALIFICATION & EXPERIENCE

1

 

Martin J. Mmari

 

Age 51

 

Board Chairman

 

Non-Executive.

 

Tanzanian

 

·    Director of Finance at PPF Pension Fund

·    Former Bank Examiner and Financial Analyst at Bank of Tanzania and Financial Analyst.

·    Board member — Institute of Directors Tanzania.

·    Board member — NHC/PPF IPS Building Company Limited.

·    Board member — International House Property Ltd.

·    MBA (International Banking and Finance) from University of Birmingham, B.Com (Accounting) from University of Dar es Salaam and CPA (T).

·    Certification in Company Direction by Institute of Directors — UK and Institute of Directors Tanzania.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Boniface C. Muhegi

 

Age 60

 

·    Non- Executive Member.

·    Chairman of Governance and Human Resources Committee.

·    Member of Credit Committee.

 

Tanzanian

 

·    Former Registrar and Chief Executive Officer- Contractors Registration Board.

·    Managing Director, JMK International Consultants Ltd (Engineering and Project Management).

·    MSc Engineering from University of Melbourne and BSc Engineering from University of Dar es Salaam.

·    Board Member, Public Procurement Regulatory Authority (PPRA).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

Bede P. Lyimo

 

Age 64

 

·    Non- Executive Member.

·    Chairman of Credit Committee.

·    Member of Governance and Human Resources

 

Tanzanian

 

·    Managing Director of PPP Solutions Company Limited.

·    Former Chief Executive Officer for Better Regulation Unit in the President’s Office.

·    Planning Commissioner and Policy Adviser in the Prime Minister’s Office.

·    Former Assistant Director, Multilateral Trade Programmes Section, in the Department of Trade, Ministry Industry and Trade.

·    Former Senior Economist, in the Ministry of Foreign Affairs and Administrative Attaché,

 

18



 

 

 

 

 

          Committee.

 

 

 

          Tanzania High Commission in Lagos.

·    MBA from Catholic University of Leuven and BA from University of Dar es Salaam.

·    Certification in Company Direction by Institute of Directors — UK and Institute of Directors Tanzania.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

Juma A. Abdulrah man

 

Age 62

 

·    Non- Executive Member.

·    Member of Audit Committee.

·    Member of Risk Committee.

 

Tanzanian

 

·    Former Director of Human Resources and administration at Tanzania Ports Authority.

·    Assistant Port Manager — Finance and Administration at Tanzania Ports Authority.

·    Director of Internal Audit and Chief Management Accountant of Tanzania Ports Authority.

·    Audit Manager at Tanzania Audit Corporation.

·    Board member —Lindi Farmers Company Ltd.

·    Msc Finance from Strathclyde University Glasgow (UK), Fellow Certified Public Accountant FCPA (T) and Certified Systems Information Auditor.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

Ally H. Laay

 

Age 58

 

·    Non- Executive Member

·    Chairman of Audit Committee.

·    Member of Credit Committee.

 

Tanzanian

 

·    Director of Finance and Administration of the National Economic Empowerment Council.

·    Worked with the International Care for Aids Programs, Mailman’s School of Public Health of Columbia University of USA, Tanzania Social Action Fund (TASAF), Medical Stores Department (MSD), Coopers and Lybrand (now PWC) and Tanzania Electric Supply Company Ltd.

·    MBA from Cardiff Business School, University of Wales (UK), Post Graduate Diploma in Accountancy (PGDA IFM), Advanced Diploma in Accountancy (ADA IFM), and Fellow Certified Public Accountant FCPA (T).

·    Certification in Company Direction by Institute of Directors — UK and Institute of Directors Tanzania.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

Kai Kristoffersen

 

Age 74

 

·    Non- Executive Member

·    Chairman of Risk Committee

·    Member of Audit

 

Danish

 

·    Top level management positions in Danish commercial banks.

·    Consultant on banking, financing and public finance in emerging countries.

·    Resident Advisor and EU Project Manager to the Lithuanian Ministry of Finance and the Lithuanian Central Bank with assignments in Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Bosnia — Herzegovina.

 

19



 

 

 

 

 

          Committee.

 

 

 

·    LLM from Aarhus University, Denmark and BBA from the Business School of Aalborg, Denmark.

·    Certification in Company Direction by Institute of Directors — UK and Institute of Directors Tanzania.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

Hon. Frederick T. Sumaye

 

Age 64

 

·    Non- Executive Member.

·    Member of Governance and Human Resources Committee.

·    Member of Credit Committee

 

Tanzanian Tanzania.

 

·    Former Prime Minister of the United Republic of

·    Minister of Agriculture, Livestock and Cooperatives, Deputy Minister of Agriculture and Livestock.

·    Head of Research and Development (R&D) and Tutor (Agro —Mechanization), Centre of Agricultural Mechanization and Rural Technology (CARMATEC).

·    Master’s degree in Public Administration from the John F. Kennedy School of Government, Harvard University (USA)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

Ms Rose F. Metta

 

Age 46

 

·    Non- Executive Member.

·    Member of Risk Committee.

·    Member of Credit Committee

 

Tanzanian

 

·    Director of Planning and Investments LAPF Pension Fund,

·    Worked as Compliance Manager of LAPF Pension Fund.

·    Principal Finance Officer — Budget, Principal Officer Investment, Head of Division — Capital Markets.

·    Senior Planning Officer and Planning Officer of National Social Security Fund.

·    Post Graduate Diploma in Social Security.

·    Financing from Maastricht University, MBA (Finance) and BA in Economics from University of Dar es Salaam.

·    Certification in Company Direction by Institute of Directors — UK and Institute of Directors Tanzania.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

Adam H. Mayingu

 

Age 51

 

·    Non- Executive Director.

·    Member of Risk Committee.

          Member of Audit Committee

 

Tanzanian

 

·    Director General of the Public Service Pension Fund (PSPF).

·    Worked as Acting Director General and Director of Information Systems at PSPF.

·    Worked as Head of Information Systems, Acting Chief Manager Information Systems, Software Engineer and Senior System Analyst at CRDB Bank Plc.

·    Worked at National Bank of Commerce, Standard Chartered Bank and Tanzania Revenue Authority.

 

20



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

·    PhD in Knowledge Management (former Wittfield University), MSc Leadership from South University, Certificate in Governance and Politics, Maastricht Graduate School of Governance (Maastricht University), MBA (IT) from Rushmore University and Bsc Education Hons Computing Option from University of Dar es Salaam.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

Lawrence N.Mafuru

 

Age 42

 

·    Independent Director.

 

·    Member of Governance and Human Resources Committee.

 

·    Member of Risk Committee

 

 

Tanzanian

 

·    Treasury Registrar

·    Director, Resource Mobilisation and Economic Sectors Division of Presidents Office, Presidents Delivery Bureau. He is one of the Board of Directors at Tanzania Investment Centre (TIC), founder and Director of Kwanza Financial Services Limited, founder and consultant in banking and financial markets at Lolos Consult.

·    Worked as team leader in resource mobilization at President’s Office Planning Commission (POPC) / Interim PDB on part - time basis.

·    Worked as CEO & Managing Director — Executive Director in the Board of National Bank of Commerce NBC - (ABSA).

·    Worked as Corporate Sales Dealer and Business Development Manager, later as Head of Sales, Rates and Foreign Exchange at Standard Chartered Bank Tanzania.

·    Masters in Business Administration (MBA) at University of Dar es Salaam Business School, Banking Certificate (CIB) at The Chartered Institute of Banking, London.

·    Certification in Company Direction by Institute of Directors — UK and Institute of Directors Tanzania.

 

21



 

4.6 Senior Management Team

 

 

 

Name, Title and Country

 

 

 

 

of Residence

 

Academic Qualification and Work Experience

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Dr. Charles Stephen Kimei

 

He joined the bank on 1st June 1998 as Managing Director.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Managing Director

 

Before joining CRDB, he worked with the Bank of Tanzania as Director of Banking Supervision, Director of Economic, Research and Policy, Manager in the department of Economic Research and Policy and other various position in the department of Research.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tanzanian

 

He holds a PhD (Economics) from Uppsala University Sweden, Master of Arts in Economics at Stockholm School of Economics and a Bachelor of Science (Economics) at Moscow State University.

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Mr. Saugata Bandyopadhyay

 

He joined the bank on 1st May 2012 as Deputy Managing Director-Operations & Customer Services.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deputy Managing Director- Operations & Customer Services.

 

 

 

Indian

 

He is an experienced Banker with over 19 years of experience of working with leading Banking groups of India and abroad. He has worked as Senior Vice President-Operation & Risk-Asset Reconstruction Company of India, Senior Vice President (Credit & Operations)-Deutsche Post bank HFL, General Manager (Finance) & CFO of Bhutan National Bank, Chief Credit Manager of State Bank of India HFL.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

He holds a Fellow in International Business from Indian Institute of Management Calcutta, Fellow Chartered Accountant of India, and Fellow Cost & Management Accountant. of India, Certified Management Accountant, USA, Certified in Governance of Enterprise IT(CGEIT) and Certified Information System Auditor (CISA) from ISACA USA, Masters of Business Administration (Finance) from Indira Gandhi National University, Master of Commerce from University of Calcutta and Bachelor of Commerce from St. Xavier College, Calcutta.

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

Mrs. Esther KileoKitoka

 

Deputy Managing Director — Shared Services

 

Tanzanian

 

 

She joined the Bank on 1st September 2006 as Risk Manager and later on promoted as Director of Risk and Compliance, the position she held until September, 2011 when she became the Deputy Managing Director- Shared Services. While in CRDB, Esther managed a two year core banking system implementation project.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Before joining CRDB, she worked for nine years in the Central Bank (Bank of Tanzania) as a Bank Examiner.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

She is a CPA (T) and holds Masters degree of Commerce in Banking and Business Information System from the University of Sydney, Australia and Bachelor of Commerce Degree in Accounting from the University of Dar es Salaam.

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

Mr. Philip Stephen Alfred

 

 

 

 

Director of Corporate Banking

 

He joined the Bank on 24th October 1994. Before the current position he worked as Manager Corporate Banking, Corporate Banking Relationship Manager and as Project Officer within CRDB Bank.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tanzanian

 

He holds Masters degree of Economics from the University of New England Australia, Post Graduate Diploma in Economics from University of Western Australia, Advanced Diploma in Economic Planning from Institute of Development Management — Mzumbe and Diploma in Banking Economics from Finafrica Italy.

 

22



 

5

 

Mr. Beatus Peter Segeja Director of Administration and General Services

 

He joined the Bank on 19th August 1982. Before the current position he worked as Director of Finance and Administration, Manager Central Clearance and Senior Internal Auditor within CRDB Bank.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tanzanian

 

He is a Board Member of Tanzania National Electricity Company (TANESCO).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CPA (T) holder.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

He holds an Advanced Diploma in Accountancy from Nyegezi Social Institute of Accountancy.

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

Mr. Joseph Ochien’gWitts

 

He joined the Bank on 2nd January 2001. Before the current position he worked as the Director of Retail Banking and Director of Retail Clients and Marketing within CRDB Bank.

 

 

Director of Alternative Business Channels

 

 

 

 

Tanzanian

 

He is a CPA (T) and holds Masters Degree in Entrepreneurship and Enterprise Development from the University of Dar es Salaam and Advanced Diploma in Certified Accountancy from the Institute of Development Management (IDM), Mzumbe.

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

Mr. Fredrick Bayona Nshekanabo

 

He joined the Bank on 22nd February 1999. Before the current position he worked as Manager Finance Help Desk. Accountant Grade I and Bank Officer within CRDB Bank.

 

 

Director of Finance

 

 

 

 

Tanzanian

 

He is a CPA (T) and holds Masters of Science degree in Finance from the University of Strathclyde, UK and Advanced Diploma In Accountancy from the Institute of Finance Management (IFM), Dar es Salaam.

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

Mr. Elyas Bartholomew Mtenga Director of Information & Communication Technology Tanzanian

 

He joined the Bank on 1st March 2000. Before the current position he worked as Manager Data Centre and Manager Office Systems Management.

 

Before joining CRDB, he worked for over 10 years as Field Engineer Supervisor at Computer Industries Limited.

 

He holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering from the University of Dar Es Salaam, Certified Network Administrator and Certified Network Professional from NOVACOM Nairobi.

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

Mr. John Baptist Rugambo

 

Director of Corporate Affairs.

 

 

Tanzanian

 

 

He joined the Bank on 1st November 1999. Before the current position he worked as Director of Marketing and Research, Marketing Manager, Project Manager Smart Card and Manager Institutional Customers.

 

Before joining CRDB he worked for Citibank as Head of Customer Service and Relationship Officer.

 

He is the Vice Chairman of the Institute of Directors Tanzania.

 

He holds Masters and Bachelor degrees in International Business Administration majoring in Marketing from the United States International University of Africa, Nairobi.

 

23



 

10

 

Mr. Alexander Samson Ngusaru

 

 

Director of Treasury

 

 

Tanzanian

 

He joined the Bank on 4th April 2011 as Director of Treasury.

 

Before joining CRDB Bank, he worked for Citibank as the Head of Fixed Income, Currencies and Commodities, United Bank for Africa as Country Treasurer and Stanbic Bank in Finance Department.

 

He holds a Masters Degree of Business Administration from the University of Dar es salaam and Bachelor of Commerce in Finance from the University of Dar es Salaam.

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

Mrs. Nellie MathayoNdosa

 

Director Retail Banking

 

Tanzanian

 

She joined the Bank on 15th April 1986. Before the current position she worked as Branch Director, Branch Manager, Branch Accountant and Branch Supervisor.

 

She holds Master of Science degree in Finance from the Strathclyde University, UK and Bachelor of Commerce in Finance from the University of Dar es Salaam.

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

Mrs. Dorah Hilda Ngaliga

 

Director of Human Resources

 

Tanzanian

 

She joined the Bank on 1st August 1988. Before the current position she worked as Manager Business Banking, Branch Manager, Department Manager and Branch Accountant.

 

Affiliate Member of Charted Institute of Personal Development (CIPD), UK.

 

She holds Masters Degree of Business Administration from the University of Dar es Salaam and Bachelor Degree of Public Administration and International Relations from the University of Dar es Salaam.

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

Mr. IzengoDaudiSoka

 

Director of Internal Audit

 

Tanzanian

 

He joined the Bank on 25th October 1983. Before the current position he worked as Manager Internal Audit, Internal Auditor and Credit Supervisor.

 

He is a member of Information Systems Audit and Control Association (ISACA) and Institute of Internal Auditors (IIA).

 

He is a CPA (T) and holds Advanced Diploma in Accountancy from Nyegezi Social Training Institute.

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

Mr. Anderson YohanaMlabwa

 

Director of Credit

 

Tanzanian

 

He joined the Bank on 3rd April 1990. Prior to appointment as director of Credit in 2000, he worked as Credit Manager and Project Officer.

 

Other positions held include: Board Member CRDB Bank Microfinance Services Company Limited and DANIDA funded Private Agricultural Sector Support Project (PASS), Member of the National Advisory Committee of Coffee and Cotton Marketing Development Project, Member of the Presidential Commission that prepared an alternative scheme of loan financing to students of higher learning institutions, Member of the Guidance Committee of the Government’s Credit Guarantee Schemes and one of the two members representing Tanzania in the Advisory Panel of the African Guarantee Fund (AGF).

 

He holds Masters degree in Business Administration (Finance) from the University of Dar es Salaam, Associate ship Banking Diploma CIB London/TIOB, Bachelor of Science in Agriculture from the Sokoine University of Agriculture.

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

Ms. Tully Esther Mwambapa

 

She joined the Bank on 6th August 2001. Before the current position,

 

24



 

 

 

 

Director of Marketing Research and Customer Services

 

 

Tanzanian

 

she worked as Marketing Manager and Relationship Manager.

 

Before joining CRDB, she worked as Marketing Officer at Tanzania National Electricity Company (TANESCO).

 

 

She holds Masters Degree in Business Administration from the University of Dar es Salaam and Bachelor of Arts in Public Administration & International Relations from the University of Dar es Salaam.

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

Mr. James IsaackMabula

 

Director of Risk and Compliance

 

Tanzanian

 

He rejoined the Bank on 1st April 2011 as Senior Market and Liquidity Risk Analyst.

 

Before joining CRDB, he worked as Manager Market Risk at National Bank of Commerce (NBC). Previously he had worked for CRDB for nine years holding various positions including Manager Market and Liquidity Risks, Senior Risk Analyst and Treasury Officer.

 

A member of Professional Risk Managers International Association (PRMIA).

 

He holds Msc in Finance from the University of Strathclyde, UK, Post-graduate Diploma in Financial Management from the Institute of Finance Management and Advanced Diploma in Certified Accountancy from the former Institute of Development Management (IDM), Mzumbe.

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

Mr. GoodluckLemaNkini

 

Director of Strategy & Innovations

 

Tanzanian

 

He joined the Bank on 1st March 2004. Before the current position, he worked as Manager Trade Finance.

 

Before joining CRDB, he worked as Assistant Manager Trade and Treasury Operations at Citibank Tanzania.

 

He is a CPA (T) and he holds Masters degree of International Trade and Master of Business Administration both from the University of Dar es Salaam and Bachelor of Commerce in Accounting from the University of Dar es Salaam

 

 

 

 

 

18

 

Mr. Sebastian Adam Masaki

 

General Manager CRDB Microfinance Services Company Limited.

 

 

Tanzanian

 

He joined the Bank on 1st June 1996. Before the current position he worked as Manager Business Banking, Manager Microfinance, Bank Officer Marketing and Bank Officer Research & Planning.

 

He holds a Bachelor of Science in Statistics from the University of Dar Es Salaam.

 

 

 

 

 

 

19

 

Mr. Bruce MwileMwasenga

 

General Manager CRDB Bank Burundi Subsidiary

 

Tanzanian

 

He joined the bank on 13th February 2001. Prior to appointment as General Manager CRDB Bank Burundi Subsidiary, he worked as Manager Corporate Banking and Senior Relationship Manager Corporate Banking.

 

Before joining CRDB, he worked as the Assistant Supervisor at Citibank Tanzania Limited.

 

He holds Masters degree of Business Administration and Bachelor of Commerce both in Finance from the University of Dar es Salaam.

 

25



 

PART5: RISK FACTORS

 

The Board of Directors has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Group’s risk management framework. As part of its governance structure, the Board of Directors has embedded comprehensive risk management framework for identifying, measuring, controlling (setting risk mitigations) and monitoring of the Group’s risks. The policies are integrated in the overall management information systems of the group and supplemented by a management reporting structure.

 

The Board of Directors accepts ultimate responsibility for the risk management and internal control function of the Bank and has delegated the process to senior management through the management committee and ALCO which meet monthly to review the Bank’s risk profile and performance against set targets. The two committees report quarterly to the Board risk committee.

 

5.1 Policy Reviews

 

CRDB Bank by virtue of its position as a leading Bank considers Risk Management vital in its daily business. The Bank has a responsibility to the public and Shareholders to safeguard assets, deposits and capital held with it while also upholding contribution to the country’s economic growth. On yearly basis, the Board reviews all policies and authority limits governing operations of the Bank. Fundamental review is done in respect of the Group Risk Management Framework to accommodate governance in relation to the Burundi subsidiary. The Board introduced a new policy for Fraud Risk Management in 2014.

 

5.2 Financial risks

 

Financial risks include credit, liquidity and market risks. The Bank’s overall risk management policies are set out by the Board and implemented by the Management. These policies involve identification, evaluation, mitigation and monitoring of such risks. The most important type of risks in this group are:

 

5.2.1 Credit risk

 

The Group and Bank take on exposure to credit risk, which is the risk that counterparty will cause a financial loss to the Group by failing to discharge an obligation. Credit risk is the most important risk for the Group’s business; management therefore carefully manages its exposure to credit risk. Credit exposures arise principally from lending activities that lead to loans and advances, debt securities and other bills in the Group’s and Bank’s asset portfolio.

 

There is also credit risk in off-balance sheet financial instruments, such as loan commitments, letters of credit and guarantees. Credit risk management and control are centralized under the credit risk management team of the Bank which reports to the management Board of Directors regularly.

 

5.2.2 Liquidity Risk

 

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Bank is unable to meet its payment obligations associated with its financial liabilities when they fall due and to replace funds when they are withdrawn. The consequence may be the failure to meet obligations to repay depositors and fulfill commitments to lend.

 

26



 

Liquidity Risk Management Process

 

The Group’s and Bank’s liquidity management process is monitored by the Asset and Liability Committee (ALCO) of the Bank and includes:

 

·                  Day-to-day funding, managed by monitoring future cash flows to ensure that requirements can be met. These include replenishment of funds as they mature or are borrowed by customers. The Group and Bank maintain an active presence in money markets to enable this to happen;

·                  Maintaining a portfolio of highly marketable assets that can easily be liquidated as protection against any unforeseen interruption to cash flow;

·                  Monitoring balance sheet liquidity ratios against internal and regulatory requirements; and,

·                  Managing the concentration and profile of debt maturities.

·                  Monitoring and reporting take the form of cash flow measurement and projections for the next day, week and month respectively, as these are key periods for liquidity management.

 

5.2.3 Market risk (interest rate, foreign exchange and price risks)

 

The Group takes on exposure to market risks, which is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market prices. Market risks arise from open positions in interest rate, currency and equity products, all of which are exposed to general and specific market movements and changes in the level of volatility of market rates or prices such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates and equity prices. The Bank separates exposures to market risk into either trading or non-trading portfolios.

 

Market risks are concentrated in the Treasury department and are monitored by the Risk and Compliance department separately. Regular reports are submitted to the Management and Board of Directors.

 

Interest rate Risk

 

Cash flow interest rate risk is the risk that the future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. Fair value interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. The Group and the Bank take on exposure to the effects of fluctuations in the prevailing levels of market interest rates on both its fair value and cash flow risks. Interest margins may increase as a result of such changes but may produce losses in the event that unexpected movements arise. The Bank’s Board sets limits on the level of mismatch of interest rate re-pricing that may be undertaken, which is regularly monitored by an independent Risk and Compliance department and reported regularly to ALCO and the Board.

 

Foreign Exchange Risk

 

The Bank takes on exposure to the effects of fluctuations in the prevailing foreign currency exchange rates on its financial position and cash flows. The Board sets limits on the level of exposure by currency and in aggregate for both overnight and intraday positions, which are monitored by management daily.

 

27



 

Price Risk

 

The Group and the Bank are not exposed to equity securities price risk as it currently has no investment in listed shares, but is exposed to debt securities price risk classified on the balance sheet as available for sale.

 

5.3 Operational Risks

 

The Bank is exposed to operational risks that may arise from inadequate or failed internal processes, people, systems or external events. However The Bank has adequate operational risk policies and framework that cater for mitigation of these risks.

 

Risk management policies and systems are reviewed regularly to ensure all controls remain adequate in minimizing inherent operational risk. The Group initiatives aim to develop a disciplined and constructive control environment, in which all employees understand their roles and obligations.

 

5.4 Compliance Risk

 

This risk exposes the Bank to fines, civil money penalties, payment of damages, and the voiding of contracts. It is the current and prospective risk to earnings or capital arising from violations of, or noncompliance with, laws, regulations, internal policies and procedures, or ethical standards. Compliance risk also arises in situations where the laws or rules governing certain products or activities of the Bank’s clients may be ambiguous. The Group has set policies governing the detection, prevention, monitoring and reporting of compliance risk for both regulatory and internal controls.

 

5.5 Political Risk

 

Tanzania, like the majority of developing countries, is subject to certain political, economic and social events that may individually or collectively, create risks for investors. These risks are more difficult to predict and measure than in developed countries. However, Tanzania’s political arena is safe for business practice.

 

5.6 Strategic Risk

 

Strategic risks are those risks that arise from formulation of strategic plans, business plans and implementation of plans that are inappropriate and inconsistent with internal factors and the external environment which may in turn affect earnings, capital fund or viability of the business.

 

To avert strategic risks, the Board of Directors and Senior management carefully formulates strategic and business plans, supportive to corporate governance, in addition to putting in place internal infrastructure appropriate for implementation of the strategic plan. Strategy performance implementation is reported quarterly to management and Board of Directors.

 

5.7 Reputational Risk

 

Reputational risk is the potential that negative publicity regarding Bank’s business practices, whether true or false, will cause a decline in the customer base, costly litigations, or revenue reductions. This risk may result from a Bank’s failure to effectively manage any or all of the other risk types. The ultimate accountability for reputational risk management rests with the board. The Board of Directors addresses explicitly reputational risk as distinct and controllable risk to Banks safety and soundness through a versatile risk management framework for reputational risk. Responsibility for corporate reputation resides with the Managing Director’s office and is managed by the Director of Marketing/Research and Customer Service.

 

28



 

PART 6: STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

 

6.1 Incorporation Details

 

The Bank was incorporated in Tanzania on 28th June 1996, as a limited liability company under the Companies Act, Cap 212 and was issued with Registration Number 30227. The Bank’s shares are listed on the Dar es Salaam Stock Exchange.

 

6.2 Registered office of the Company

 

The registered office of the Bank is situated on 4th Floor, Office Accommodation Scheme, Azikiwe Street Dar es Salaam and its postal address is P.O Box 268, Dar es Salaam.

 

6.3 Authorized and Issued Share Capital

 

The authorized share capital of the Issuer as at 31st December 2014 was TZS.100,000,000,000.00 divided into 4,000,000,000 Ordinary Shares of TZS.25.00 each.

 

The issued and fully paid up share capital of the Issuer as at 31st December 2014 was TZS.54,413,304,000.00 divided into 2,176,532,160 Ordinary Shares of TZS.25.00 each. The holders of Ordinary Shares are entitled to receive dividends declared from time to time.

 

6.4 Extracts from the Memorandum and Articles of Association

 

The key features of the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association are as follows:

 

6.4.1                                             Memorandum

 

“4.                                The objects for which the Bank is established are:

 

4.1                               to carry on the banking business in all its branches, agencies and departments, including receiving funds from the general public through the acceptance of deposits, payable upon demand or after a fixed period or after notice or any similar operation through the frequent sale or placement of bonds, certificates, notes or other securities, and to use such funds, in whole or in part, for loans or investments for the account of and at the risk of the Bank;

 

4.2                               to offer personal, corporate, commercial and financial banking services through traditional banking channels and modern channels through electronic media such as internet banking, electronic money transfers to and from the Bank branches, corresponding banks, points of sale, and Automatic Teller Machines; to offer bank transactions locally and internationally, to offer products such as online bank statement, account transaction, card transactions, internet and telephone banking services, electronic bill payment services through connected or wireless devices such as cellular phones, pagers, personal digital assistants, computers or other devices that can provide wireless connectivity;

 

29



 

4.3                               to own and operate automatic teller machines for receiving and paying money locally and internationally, to act as card issuers for both debit card and credit card and act as an agent for other card issuers both locally and internationally;

 

4.4                               to finance or invest in developing intellectual property, copyright, patent, brand, relating to banking business and mode of delivery of banking services and products in efficient, fast and cost effective methods and town and be able to protect the same against unauthorised users and infringers upon such rights.

 

4.5                               to buy and sell currencies both local and foreign currency and deal in bullion and specie;

 

4.6                               to lend money by acquiring marketable instruments evidencing indebtedness of the government or of any person, firm, association or company, in the form of government securities, or stocks, bonds, notes or debentures; and by investing in equities of other companies which are engaged primarily in activities allied or related to banking.”

 

6.4.2                                             Articles

 

6.4.2.1           Rights Issue

 

“19.                         The Bank may, with the authority of the general meeting, invite its existing Members to subscribe for further capital in proportion to their existing shareholding in the following manner:

 

19.1                        Where the Bank makes a rights issue, it shall send to each Member of the class or classes concerned, a “Provisional Letter of Allotment” by which the new shares are actually allotted to such Member, subject to his right to reject the allotment if he does not wish to subscribe, or to renounce them in favour of someone else by completing the form prepared by the Bank and attached to the Provisional Letter of Allotment.

 

19.2.                     Each Member wishing to subscribe to a rights issue invitation shall pay the price requested for subscription of the new shares. If the Member does not wish to take the new shares himself, he may sell the right to subscribe to someone who is willing to pay for the shares in accordance with the conditions for subscription.”

 

6.4.2.2           Transferability of shares

 

The major provisions read as follows:

 

“20.                         The Transferor of a share shall be deemed to remain the holder of the share until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register as the holder of that share, subject to the Rules and any arrangement agreed between the Bank and the Stock Exchange.

 

30



 

21.                               The Directors may, pursuant to Rules, accept for registration all transfers of shares in the form approved by the Stock Exchange in such form including the electronic transfer of shares in the Central Depository System.

 

22.                               Registration of transfers may be suspended and the Register of Members closed during the fourteen days immediately preceding every general meeting of the Bank, and at such other times (if any) and for such period as the Directors may, from time to time determine: provided always that the Register shall not remain closed for more than thirty days in any year.

 

23.                               Save as the Directors may determine, no fee shall be charged for the registration of any instrument of transfer or other document relating to or affecting title to any share.”

 

6.4.2.3           Alteration of Capital

 

The Share capital of the Company can be increased by an Ordinary Resolution, as spelt out in Article 27 of the Articles which reads as follows:

 

“27.      The Bank may by ordinary resolution:

 

27.1.                increase its share capital by creation of new shares of such amount, as the resolution prescribes: provided that the Bank may direct that new shares or any of them so increased shall be offered in the first instance, either at par or at a premium, to the existing Members or to Holders of any class of shares for the time being, in proportion to the number of shares or shares of the class or group held by them respectively, but subject to the provisions of the B&FI Act relating to shareholding restrictions; or

 

27.2                   consolidate all or any of its share capital into shares of a larger amount than its existing shares; or

 

27.3.                subject to the provisions of section 65(1) (d) of the Act, sub divide its existing shares, or any of them, into shares of smaller amount than is fixed by the Memorandum; or

 

27.4.                issue any preference cumulative or redeemable shares; or

 

27.5.                cancel any shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have been taken or agreed to be taken by any person and reduce the amount of its share capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled but subject to the provisions of the B&FI Act.”

 

6.4.2.4           General Meeting

 

The relevant provisions in the Articles of Association pursuant to the General Meeting are as follows:

 

“31.                         The Bank shall in each year hold a general meeting as its annual general meeting in addition to any other meetings in that year, and shall specify the meeting as such in the notices calling it; and not more than fifteen months shall elapse between the date of one annual general meeting of the Bank and that of the next.

 

31



 

32.                          All general meetings shall be attended by the Members either in person or by proxy, all the Directors, trustees, appointer and settler of DANIDA Investment Fund, the Managing Director and the Deputy Managing Director.

 

33.                               Subject to the provisions of the Act, all general meetings shall be held in Tanzania not later than six months after the close of every financial year, or at such other time as the Directors may determine.

 

34.                               All general meetings other than annual general meetings shall be called extraordinary general meetings.

 

6.4.2.5           Proceedings of General Meetings

 

The proceedings of the Company are governed by Article 38 to Article 51 of the Articles, which, inter alia, provide for quorum of half of the members of the paid up issued capital including the proxies. Some of the Articles read as follows:

 

38.                               All business that is transacted at general meetings shall be deemed ordinary unless a special resolution is required by law or by the Articles.

 

39.                               No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum of Members is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to business. Members representing half the total paid-up issued share capital of the Bank including proxies shall form a quorum and they shall be entitled to vote on the business to be transacted.

 

40.                               If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, or if during the course of a meeting a quorum ceases to be present, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day in two weeks, at the same time and place or to such other day at such other time and place as the Directors may determine.

 

41.                               The Chairman and Vice Chairman of the General Meeting shall be elected by the meeting from amongst the Members. The Chairman or in his absence the Vice Chairman shall preside as Chairman of the General Meeting. The terms of the Chairman and of the Vice Chairman shall expire at the end of the meeting to which they have been elected as Chairman and Vice Chairman respectively. Provided where the meeting has been adjourned in accordance with Article 45, the term of the Chairman and that of the Vice Chairman shall lapse at the end of the adjourned meeting.

 

6.4.2.6           Votes of Members

 

“52.                         On a show of hands every member present, shall have one vote. On a poll, every member present in person, or his Proxy shall have one vote for every share of which he is a holder.

 

53.                               In the case of joint Holders, the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in person or by Proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint Holders; and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register.

 

32



 

54.                               A member in respect of whose estate a manager has been appointed under section 26 of the Mental Diseases Act, Cap 98 may vote, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by his manager, and any such manager may, on a poll, vote by Proxy.

 

55.                               No member shall be entitled to vote at a general meeting or at a separate meeting of the Holders of any class of shares in the Bank unless all calls or other sums presently payable by him in respect of shares in the Bank have been paid.”

 

6.4.2.7           Directors

 

The provisions relating to appointment of Directors are covered by Articles 66 to 71. The Directors are appointed as stipulated hereunder:

 

“66.                    The Board shall consist of not less than nine (9) and not more than twelve (12) Directors.

 

67.                               Every Member with ten percent (10%) of the issued and fully paid up share capital of the Bank shall be entitled to appoint a Director. Every block of 10% of paid up share capital of the Bank shall be entitled to the election /appointment of one Director; provided that, Danida Investment Fund (DIF) shall have the right to appoint two (2) Directors until they dispose of their entire shareholding in the Bank and provided further that theStrategic Investor shall have the right to jointly appoint one Director if they jointly acquire a minimum shareholding of 5%.

 

68.                               Members owning between 1% and 10% of the issued and fully paid up share capital of the Bank shall jointly be entitled to elect a Director for every 10% of shares held, provided that any part of 10% which does not, by itself add up to a whole 10% shall not be entitled to elect a Director.

 

69.                               Members owning less than 1% of the issued and fully paid-up share capital of the Bank shall jointly elect one (1) Director and additionally one (1) Director for every 10% of shares held.

 

70.                               The Members shall appoint an independent Director of the Board. Provided always that the Board will recommend two (2) candidates to the Members at the General Meeting at which the election of such Director is to be undertaken.

 

71.                               Any Member wishing to be elected Director may submit his name to the Secretary not later than 21 days before the meeting scheduled for such election.

 

72.                               A Member entitled to appoint a Director shall make the appointment, if a corporate body, in accordance with the corporate procedures applicable for that body, usually a Board resolution of that corporate body appointing the person Director in the Bank subject to the approval of the Bank of Tanzania”

 

33



 

6.4.2.8           Dividend Policy

 

Pursuant to Article 112 to Article 119 of the Articles of Association, dividends are payable as follows:

 

“111.                  Subject to section 180 of the Act, the Bank may by ordinary resolution declare dividends in accordance with the respective rights of the Members, but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the Directors.

 

112.                        Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Directors may from time to time pay to the Members such interim dividends as appear to the Directors to be justified by the profits of the Bank available for distribution.

 

113.                        The Directors may, before recommending any dividend, set aside out of the profits of the Bank such sums as they think proper as a reserve or reserves which shall, at the discretion of the Directors, be applicable for any purposes to which the profits of the Bank may be properly applied and, pending such application, may at the like discretion, either be employed in the business of the Bank or be invested in such investments (other than shares of the Bank) as the Directors may from time to time think fit. The Directors may also without placing the same to reserve carry forward any profits which they may think prudent not to divide.

 

114.                        Except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to shares, all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid on the shares in respect of which the dividend is paid. All dividends shall be apportioned and paid proportionately to the amounts paid on the shares during the portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid; but if any share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for dividend as at particular date, that share shall rank for dividend accordingly.

 

117.                        No dividend or other moneys payable in respect of a share shall bear interest against the Bank unless otherwise provided by the rights attached to the share.

 

118.                        Anydividend which has remained unclaimed for twelve years from the date when it became due for payment, if the Directors so resolve, shall be forfeited and cease to remain owing by the Bank.”

 

6.4.2.9           Winding Up

 

The following is the relevant provision in the Articles relating to the winding up of the Company, which reads as follows:-

 

“139.                  If the Bank is wound up, the liquidator may, with sanction of a special resolution of the Bank and any other sanction required by the Act, divide amongst the Members in specie the whole or any part of the assets of the Bank and may, for that purpose, set such value as he deems fair upon any property to be divided and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the Members of different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of the assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator, with the like sanction, shall determine, but no Member shall be compelled to accept any shares or other securities upon which there is a liability.”

 

34



 

PART 7: REPORTING ACCOUNTANT’S OPINION

 

 

 

Deloitte & Touche

Certified Public Accountants (Tanzania)

10th Floor, PPF Tower

Cnr of Ohio Street & Garden Avenue

P.O. Box 1559

Dar-es-Salaam

Tanzania

 

 

 

Tel: +255 (22) 216 9000

+255 (22) 211 6006, 211 5352

Fax: +255 (22) 211 6379

 

Board of Directors

CRDB Bank Plc.

Azikiwe Street

P.O. Box 268

Dar es Salaam

 

Dear Sirs,

 

FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS REPORT FOR CRDB BANK PLC FOR THE YEAR ENDING 31 DECEMBER 2015

 

We have reviewed the accompanying financial projections of CRDB Bank Plc for the year ending 31 December 2015 in accordance with the International Standard on Assurance Engagements applicable to the examination of prospective financial information.

 

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial projections including the accuracy of the assumptions on which they are based. Our responsibility is to issue a report on the financial projections based on our review.

 

Based on our review of the evidence supporting the assumptions, nothing has come to our attention which causes us to believe that these assumptions do not provide a reasonable basis for the financial projections. Further, in our opinion, the accompanying projections are properly prepared and presented in accordance with the accounting policies normally used by CRDB Bank Plc.

 

Actual results are likely to be different from the financial projections since anticipated events frequently do not occur as expected and the variation may be material.

 

Deloitte & Touche

Certified Public Accountants (Tanzania)

 

/s/ D C Nchimbi

 

Signed by: D C Nchimbi

16 June 2015

Dar es Salaam

 

 

35



 

PROJECTED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR ENDING 31 DECEMBER 2015

 

 

 

2015

 

 

 

TZS’ Million’

 

Interest income

 

454,125

 

Interest expense

 

111,914

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

342,211

 

 

 

 

 

Loan Impairment charge

 

45,875

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income after loan impairment

 

296,336

 

 

 

 

 

Fees and commission income

 

155,013

 

Foreign exchange income

 

34,074

 

Other operating income

 

479

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-interest income

 

189,566

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personnel expenses

 

152,367

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

32,587

 

General and administrative expenses

 

124,519

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

309,473

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before income tax

 

176,429

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax charge

 

53,846

 

 

 

 

 

Profit for the year

 

122,583

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

 

122,583

 

 

36



 

PROJECTED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION FOR THE YEAR ENDING 31 DECEMBER 2015

 

 

 

2015

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

Cash on hands and Balances with central banks

 

683,521

 

Government securities

 

788,008

 

Balance with other banks

 

303,356

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

2,968,676

 

Equity Investment

 

2,208

 

Property plant and equipment

 

143,423

 

Intangible assets

 

20,808

 

Leasehold refurbishment

 

39,916

 

Other assets

 

86,378

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

5,036,294

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

Deposit from customers

 

4,001,287

 

Deposits from other banks

 

48,392

 

Borrowings

 

129,340

 

Subordinated debt

 

80,000

 

Grants

 

11,862

 

Other liabilities

 

88,689

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

4,359,570

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

Share capital

 

65,296

 

Share premium

 

160,240

 

Retained profit

 

306,829

 

Profit for the year

 

122,581

 

Others(Non distributable reserves)

 

21,778

 

 

 

 

 

Total equity

 

676,724

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

5,036,294

 

 

37



 

PROJECTED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASHFLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDING 31 DECEMBER 2015

 

 

 

2015

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

176,427

 

Profit before Tax

 

 

 

Adjustment for:

 

 

 

Depreciation on property and equipment

 

32,587

 

Loan impairment charges(net recovery)

 

45,875

 

Net interest income

 

(342,211

)

Net fees and commissions

 

(155,013

)

 

 

 

 

Cash flow from operating activities before working capital changes

 

(242,335

)

 

 

 

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

Statutory minimum reserve

 

(69,891

)

Loans and advances to banks

 

(18,142

)

Loans and advances to customers

 

(423,380

)

Investment in securities

 

(193,423

)

Other assets

 

(15,589

)

Deposits from banks

 

2,145

 

Deposits from customers

 

671,157

 

Other

 

(17,346

)

Grants

 

1,472

 

Interest received

 

454,125

 

Interest paid

 

(111,914

)

Fees and commissions’ income

 

155,013

 

Income tax paid

 

(53,846

)

 

 

 

 

Net cash flows from operating activities

 

138,046

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of property and equipment

 

(33,280

)

Purchase of Intangible assets

 

(10,638

)

Purchase of Leasehold land

 

(4,000

)

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

47,918

 

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

Dividends paid

 

(31,016

)

Borrowings

 

(1,040

)

Right issue

 

152,357

 

Net cash flows from financing activities

 

120,302

 

 

 

 

 

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

210,429

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

 

487,365

 

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

(1,800

)

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

 

695,995

 

 

38



 

KEY ASSUMPTIONS UNDERLYING THE FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDING 31 DECEMBER 2015

 

The key assumptions used in the financial projections for the period up to December 2015 are set out below:

 

General Assumptions

 

·                  Tanzanian economy will continued to perform strongly, with real GDP projected at 7.4% in 2015. This is driven largely by communications, transport, financial intermediation, construction, agriculture and manufacturing.

 

·                  The Annual Headline Inflation rate projected at 5.0 in line with Government target.

 

·                  The exchange rate will remain stable at 1.00 USD to TZS 2,000.00

 

·                  Bank Deposit is projected to grow at about 18% with focus on cheap deposits.

 

·                  The Bank average funding cost is projected at 2.6%

 

·                  The lending rate is estimated at an average rate of 12-15% per annum.

 

·                  Government securities rate is estimated at an average rate of 13%

 

·                  The time deposit rate average rate is projected at 7.6%,

 

·                  Subordinated debt projected 8% and borrowing at 5%

 

·                  Facility fee will be charged at 1.5% on the total loan disbursed and fees to be spread over the loan term.

 

Bank Network Expansion

 

In 2015 the Bank will open total of 15 outlets including 5 branches and 10 Service Centers in the following locations across the country namely Temeke, Bunda, Mbuyuni, Serengeti, SAUT Mwanza, VIVA Towers-Premier centre, Kasulu, Banana, Nzega, Buzuruga, Gairo, Tunduma, Chunya, Kibondo, Handeni.

 

Through its subsidiary, CRDB Microfinance Services Company Limited, the bank is also plan to open 25 Mini-outlets in various locations including Tabata Segerea, Tabata kimanga, Chanika, Kibada Kigamboni, Mbande, Bunju, Kunduchi, Njiro, Tengeru, Kijenge, Sakina, Pasiansi, Mkuyuni, Ngudu, Kwimba, hungumalawa, Busweru, Wangingo’mbe, Mtwango, Ilimbela, Uyole, Ilomba, Njove, Mlowo, Mpemba and Kabwe.

 

Also the bank estimate to open 30 Government Business Centers across the country. These are small outlets to be opened at Local Government Municipals mainly for providing banking service to Local Government offices and other customers around these areas. These locations are; Kyerwa, Misenyi, Biharamulo, Ngara, Bukombe, Mbogwe-Geita, Rorya, Muheza, Mkinga-Tanga, Same, Mwanga, Rombo, Kiteto, Monduli, Mbulu, Hanang’, Simanjiro, Mvomero, Rungwe, Chunya, Namtumbo, Tunduru, Tandahimba, Makete, Kakonko, Kimbondo, Ilemela, Misungwi, Kwimba, Arusha district.

 

Lending Business

 

The Bank will continue with strategy of growing its loan portfolio at the growth rate of 15 -17% with focus on retail segment growth. The projected portfolio composition for year 2015 will be at 60% for corporate and 40% retail which include Personal, SMEs and Microfinance lending. The total loan portfolio is projected to reach at TZS 2,968 billion by end of year 2015 compared to TZS 2,545 billion recorded in 2014. The Bank Non Performing Loan for year 2015 is projected to be maintained at level 5-7% due to measures put in place to improve the loan portfolio quality.

 

39



 

Government Securities and placements

 

The Bank excess funds will be invested mainly in Government Securities both treasury bills and Treasury bond. The Bank will also invest the excess fund through placements with other banks and financial institutions as part of its day to day liquidity and cash management. Government Securities are projected to increase significantly during the last 2 quarters of year 2015 after the rights issue.

 

Property and equipment

 

Fixed assets are expected to increase by 25% to TZS 204 billion in 2015. This is due to the increase of new outlets (branches & service centers) and other capital expenditure as detailed above under Banks network expansion.

 

Cash and balances with central banks

 

The Bank will maintain cash balance to support it normal branch operations requirements. In 2015, cash is projected to grow by 15% in line with growth in branch and ATM networks. Balance with central banks is project to grow in line with growth in deposit and Central Bank regulatory requirements.

 

Agent banking — FahariHuduma

 

The Bank will continue with roll out of Agent Banking — Fahari Huduma by increasing total the number of Agents from 1,067 recorded in 2014 to 1,500 by 2015. The focus is to bring the banking services close to our customers and this will be enhanced through its slogan ‘Ulipo Tupo’ with easy, convenient and cost effective banking solutions.

 

Capital increase

 

The Bank plans to issue up to 435,306,432 new ordinary shares to be issued by way of rights, on the basis of one (1) new ordinary share for every five (5) ordinaryshares held. The rights issue is expected to be fully underwritten by a Strategic Investor. Total TZS 152 billion capital expected to be raised by beginning of the third quarter 2015 making capital growth from current Share Capital TZS 54.4 billion and Share Premium TZS 18.8 billion to TZS 65.3 billion and TZS 160.2 billion in 2015, respectively. The additional capital is intended to support bank planed business growth and regulatory capital requirements.

 

Deposit from customers

 

Deposits from customers is expected to grow by 18%, major focus by the bank in 2015 is to grow Current and Savings deposits (CASA) and slow down growth of expensive time deposits. This will be achieved through acquiring large share of government business and cheap deposits mobilisation using FahariHuduma (Agent banking). Total Customer deposit is projected to grow from TZS 3,390 billion in 2014 to TZS 4,001 billion in 2015.

 

Borrowings and Subordinated debts

 

Borrowings and Subordinated debts are expected to decrease in year 2015 due to repayment of borrowings expected especially the short term loan above TZS 43 billion. Also, the bank expects to receive a loan amounting to US$ 25million as a subordinated debt.

 

The Bank Subsidiaries - CRDB Microfinance Services Company Limited and CRDB Bank Burundi S.A

 

The Bank through its Burundi subsidiary, CRDB Bank Burundi S.A, will continue with market share acquisition and consolidation in Burundi through its 4 branches including 1 mobile branch. In 2015, 2 additional small branches are planned to be opened in Ngozi and Gitega. Burundi is expected to break even starting mid-year 2015.

 

40



 

In 2015, the Microfinance Subsidiary, CRDB Microfinance Services Company Limited will continue its expansion through the opening of 10 service centers located in Loshoto-Tanga, Handeni-Tanga, Tunduru-Ruvuma, Kibondo-Kigoma, Magomeni KKT DSM, Same-Kilimanjaro, Kateshi-Arusha, Haidari-Kilimanjaro, Mwenge-DSM and Pemba-Zanzibar under FSDT grant. 25 mini outlets are expected to reach the below the pyramid unbanked population.

 

Fees and commissions

 

The growth will be attributed by fees from government business to be acquired, fees and commissions from agent banking and sim banking commissions whereas the huge campaign is expected to increase income from this channel in the year 2015.

 

Operating expenditure

 

Operating expenses are expected to increase by 21% in 2015, from TZS 255 billion in 2014 to TZS 309 billion in 2015. This is due to expected increase in staff costs which is projected to increase by 26% from TZS 121 billion in 2014 to TZS 152 billion in 2015. The increase will also be attributed by the expected increase in administration expenses which are projected to increase by 17% from TZS 106 billion in 2014 to TZS 125 billion in 2015 due to the expansion activities of the bank through opening of 5 new branches, 10 new service centers, 25 min outlets and 30 Government business centers, equipment and upgrade of core banking system.

 

41



 

 

Deloitte & Touche

 

Certified Public Accountants (Tanzania)

 

10th Floor, PPF Tower

 

Cnr of Ohio Street & Garden Avenue

 

P.O. Box 1559

 

Dar-es-Salaam

16June 2015

Tanzania

 

 

 

Tel:

+255 (22) 216 9000

CRDB Bank Plc

 

+255 (22) 211 6006, 211 5352

Azikiwe Street

Fax:

+255 (22) 211 6379

4th Floor,

 

P.O Box 268

 

Dar es Salaam

 

 

Dear Sirs,

 

REPORTING ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT ON CRDB BANK PLC

 

A.                      INTRODUCTION

 

We have examined the audited financial statements of CRDB Bank Plc (“the Group”) for the period covered in this report.

 

The financial information in respect of the report was prepared in accordance with International Standard on Related Services 4410 - Engagements to compile Financial Statements (“ISRS 4410”) and is based on the audited financial statements of the Group for the 3 years ended 31 December 2014, after making the adjustments considered appropriate to make all the financial statements compliant with International Financial Reporting Standards.

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers were the auditors of CRBB Bank Plc for the years ended 31 December 2012, 2013 and 2014. All of the financial statements from which the financial information in the Accountant’s Report was compiled received an unqualified audit opinion.

 

B.                      SUMMARY OF ADJUSTMENTS

 

The following adjustments were made to the audited financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014 so as to conform to International Financial Reporting Standards:

 

·                  Additional disclosures has been made as a result of adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards No 13, Fair Value Measurements, which became effective in January 2013.

 

·                  Introduction of International Accounting Standard No. 1 (IAS 1) (revised) disclosures which include changes to the titles of financial statements especially for the presentation of the 2012 financial statements.

 

A.                      DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITY

 

The directors of the Group are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements and financial information to which this Accountants’ report relates and from which it has been prepared. Our responsibility is to compile the financial information set out in this report based on these financial statements and financial information.

 

B.                      COUNTRY OF INCORPORATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES

 

The Bank is licensed in Tanzania under the Banking and Financial Institutions Act, 2006. The Bank’s subsidiary, CRDB Bank Burundi S.A is a licensed bank in Burundi under the Banks and Financial Institutions Act, 2003 of Burundi and its principal activities are the provision of banking, financial and related services.

 

42



 

C.                      CURRENCY

 

The financial statements are expressed in Tanzanian Shillings Thousands (Shs ‘000)

 

D.                      SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these financial statements are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all periods presented, unless otherwise stated.

 

Basis of preparation

 

The Bank’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, except as modified by the revaluation of motor vehicles, available-for-sale financial assets and financial assets held at fair value through profit or loss. Additional information required by the Tanzania Companies Act 2002 is included where appropriate.

 

Adoption of new and revised International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs)

 

(i)       New standards and amendments to published standards effective for the year ended 31 December 2014

 

The following new and revised IFRSs were effective in the current year and had no material impact on the amounts reported in these financial statements.

 

·                  Amendment to IAS 32, ‘Financial Instruments: Presentation’ on offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities. This amendment clarifies that the right of set-off must not be contingent on a future event. It must also be legally enforceable for all counterparties in the normal course of business, as well as in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy. The amendment also considers settlement mechanisms. The amendment did not have a significant effect on the Group financial statements.

 

·                  Amendment to IAS 36, ‘Impairment of assets’ on the recoverable amount disclosures for non-financial assets. This amendment removed certain disclosures of the recoverable amount of CGUs which had been included in IAS 36 by the issue of IFRS 13. The amendments remove the requirement to disclose the recoverable amount when a CGU contains goodwill or indefinite lived intangible assets but there has been no impairment. The application of the standard had no effect on the Group’s financial statement.

 

·                  Amendment to IAS 39, ‘Financial instruments: Recognition and measurement’. Amendment to IAS 39, ‘Financial instruments: Recognition and measurement’ on the novation of derivatives and the continuation of hedge accounting. This amendment considers legislative changes to ‘over-the-counter’ derivatives and the establishment of central counterparties. Under IAS 39 novation of derivatives to central counterparties would result in discontinuance of hedge accounting. The amendment provides relief from discontinuing hedge accounting when novation of a hedging instrument meets specified criteria. The application of the standard had no effect on the Group’s financial statement as the Group does not have financial derivatives and hedge accounting.

 

·                  IFRC 21, ‘Levies’. IFRIC 21, ‘Levies’, sets out the accounting for an obligation to pay a levy if that liability is within the scope of IAS 37 ‘Provisions’. The interpretation addresses what the obligating event is that gives rise to pay a levy and when a liability should be recognised. The Group is not currently subjected to significant levies so the impact on the Group is not material.

 

·                  Amendments to IFRS 10, 12 and IAS 27 on Consolidation for investment entities. These amendments mean that many funds and similar entities will be exempt from consolidating most of their subsidiaries. Instead, they will measure them fair value through profit or loss. The amendments give an exception to entities that meet an ‘investment entity’ definition and which display particular characteristics. Changes have also been made IFRS 12 to introduce disclosure that an investment entity needs to make.

 

43



 

Application of these standards has not had any impact on the disclosures or the amounts recognised in these financial statements as the bank is not an investment entity (assessed based on the criteria set out in IFRS 10 as at 1 January 2014).

 

Adoption of new and revised International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) (continued)

 

ii)                              New standards and interpretations not yet adopted by the Group

 

·                  Amendment to IAS 19, ‘Employee benefits regarding employee or third party contributions to defined benefit plans. The amendment applies to contributions from employees or third parties to defined benefit plans and clarifies the treatment of such contributions. The amendment distinguishes between contributions that are linked to service only in the period in which they arise and those linked to service in more than one period. The objective of the amendment is to simplify the accounting for contributions that are independent of the number of years of employee service, for example employee contributions that are calculated according to a fixed percentage of salary. Entities with plans that require contributions that vary with service will be required to recognise the benefit of those contributions over employee’s working lives. This IFRS is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2014.

 

·                  Amendment to IFRS 11, Joint arrangement s regarding acquisition of an interest in a joint operation. This amendment provides new guidance on how to account for the acquisition of an interest in a joint venture operation that constitutes a business. The amendments require an investor to apply the principles of business combination accounting when it acquires an interest in a joint operation that constitutes a ‘business’. The amendments are applicable to both the acquisition of the initial interest in a joint operation and the acquisition of additional interest in the same joint operation. However, previously held interest is not re-measured when the acquisition of an additional interest in the same joint operation results in retaining joint control. This IFRS is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2016.

 

·                  Amendment to IAS 16, ‘Property, plant and equipment’ and IAS 38, ‘Intangible assets’ regarding depreciation and amortization. This amendment clarifies that the use of revenue-based methods to calculate the depreciation of an asset is not appropriate because revenue generated by an activity that includes the use of an asset generally reflects factors other than the consumption of the economic benefits embodied in the asset.

 

·                  This has also clarified that revenue is generally presumed to be an inappropriate basis for measuring the consumption of the economic benefits embodied in an intangible asset. The presumption may only be rebutted in certain limited circumstances. These are where the intangible asset is expressed as a measure of revenue; or where it can be demonstrated that revenue and the consumption of the economic benefits of the intangible asset are highly correlated. These IFRSs are effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2016.

 

·                  Amendment to IFRS 10 and IAS 28 regarding the sale of contribution of assets between an investor and its associate or joint venture. These amendments address an inconsistency between IFRS 10 and IAS 28 in the sale or contribution of assets between an investor and its associate or joint venture. A full gain or loss is recognised when a transaction involves a business. A partial gain or loss is recognised when a transaction involves assets that do not constitute a business, even if those assets are in a subsidiary. These IFRSs are effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2016.

 

·                  Amendment to IAS 27, ‘Separate financial statements’ regarding the equity method. The amendment allows entities to use the equity method to account for investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates in their separate financial statements. This IFRS is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2016.

 

·                  IFRS 15, ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’. The standard deals with revenue recognition and establishes principles for reporting useful information to users of financial statements about the

 

44



 

nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from an entity’s contracts with customers. Revenue is recognised when a customer obtains control of a good or service and thus has the ability to direct the use and obtain the benefits from the good or service. The standard replaces IAS 18 ‘Revenue’ and IAS 11 ‘Construction contracts’ and related interpretations. This IFRS is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2016.

 

Adoption of new and revised International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) (continued)

 

ii)                      New standards and interpretations not yet adopted by the Group (Continued)

 

·                 IFRS 9, ‘Financial instruments’. The standard addresses the classification, measurement and recognition of financial assets and financial liabilities. The complete version of IFRS 9 was issued in July 2014. It replaces the guidance in IAS 39 that relates to the classification and measurement of financial instruments. IFRS 9 retains but simplifies the mixed measurement model and establishes three primary measurement categories for financial assets: amortised cost, fair value through OCI and fair value through Profit or Loss. The basis of classification depends on the entity’s business model and the contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial asset. Investments in equity instruments are required to be measured at fair value through profit or loss with the irrevocable option at inception to present changes in fair value in OCI not recycling. There is now a new expected credit losses model that replaces the incurred loss impairment model used in IAS 39. For financial liabilities there were no changes to classification and measurement except for the recognition of changes in own credit risk in other comprehensive income, for liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss. IFRS 9 relaxes the requirements for hedge effectiveness by replacing the bright line hedge effectiveness tests. It requires an economic relationship between the hedged item and hedging instrument and for the ‘hedged ratio’ to be the same as the one management actually use for risk management purposes. Contemporaneous documentation is still required but is different to that currently prepared under IAS 39.This IFRS is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018.

 

·                  Annual improvements 2010-2012 and 2011-2014 cycles - These are collections of 6 and 4 amendments to standards respectively as part of the IASB’s programme to annual improvements. The amendments are all effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2014 and the directors are currently assessing the impact of these improvements on their financial statements.

 

There are no other IFRSs or IFRIC interpretations that are not yet effective that would be expected to have a material impact on the Group.

 

iii)                  Early adoption of standards

 

The Group did not early-adopt new or amended standards in 2014.

 

Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Bank and its subsidiaries CRDB Microfinance Services Company Limited and CRDB Bank Burundi S.A. for the years ended 31 December 2012, 2013 and 2014. The reporting date for both subsidiaries is 31 December.

 

Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiaries are all entities (including special purpose entities) over which the Bank has the power to govern the financial and operating policies generally accompanying a shareholding of more than one half of the voting rights.

 

The existence and effect of potential voting rights that are currently exercisable or convertible are considered when assessing whether the Bank controls another entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Bank. They are deconsolidated from the date that control ceases. The Bank uses the acquisition method of accounting to account for business combinations. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair values of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred

 

45



 

and the equity interests issued by the Bank. The consideration transferred includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement.

 

Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the Bank recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net assets.

 

The excess of the consideration transferred over the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the Bank’s share of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. If this is less than the fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired in the case of a bargain purchase, the difference is recognised directly in the statement of comprehensive income.

 

Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Bank companies are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Bank.

 

Separate financial statements

 

In the separate financial statements, investments in subsidiaries are accounted for at cost less impairment. Cost also includes direct attributable costs of investment. Dividend income is recognised when the right to receive payment is established.

 

Interest income and expense

 

Interest income and expense for all interest-bearing financial instruments are recognised within ‘interest income’ or ‘interest expense’ in the statement of profit or loss using the effective interest method.

 

The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a financial asset or a financial liability and of allocating the interest income or interest expense over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments or receipts through the expected life of the financial instrument or, when appropriate, a shorter period to the net carrying amount of the financial asset or financial liability. The calculation includes all fees paid or received between parties to the contract that are an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs and all other premiums or discounts.

 

Once a financial asset or a Group of similar financial assets has been written down as a result of an impairment loss, interest income is recognised using the rate of interest that was used to discount the future cash flows for the purpose of measuring the impairment loss.

 

Fees and commission income

 

Fees and commission are generally recognised on an accrual basis when the service has been provided. Commitment fees for loans that are likely to be drawn down are deferred (together with related direct costs) and amortised over the loan tenure

 

Loan syndication fees are recognised as revenue when the syndication has been completed and the Bank has retained no part of the loan package for itself or has retained a part at the same effective interest rate as the other participants. Commission and fees arising from negotiating, or participating in the negotiation of, a transaction for a third party - such as the arrangement of the acquisition of shares or other securities, or the purchase or sale of businesses - are recognised on completion of the underlying transaction.

 

Dividend income

 

Dividend income is recognized in profit or loss when the right to receive payment is established.

 

46



 

Foreign currency translation

 

(i) Functional and presentation currency

 

Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The financial statements are presented in ‘Tanzanian Shillings (TZS), which is the Group’s presentation and functional currency.

 

(ii) Transactions and balances

 

Transactions in foreign currencies during the year are converted into the Tanzanian Shillings using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transaction. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in profit or loss.

 

(iii) Group companies

 

The results and financial position of all the Group entities (none of which has the currency of a hyperinflationary economy) that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows:-

 

a)                  Assets and liabilities for each statement of financial position presented are translated at the closing rate at the end of the reporting period;

 

b)                  Income and expenses for each income statement are translated at average exchange rates (unless this average is not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are translated at the dates of the transactions); and

 

c)                   All resulting exchange differences are recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in ‘translation reserve’ in equity.

 

Financial assets

 

The Bank classifies its financial assets in the following categories: financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, loans and receivables, held-to-maturity and available-for-sale financial assets. Management determines the appropriate classification of its financial assets at initial recognition.

 

(i) Loans and receivables

 

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market, other than:

 

(a)              those that the Bank intends to sell immediately or in the short term, which are classified as held for trading, and those that the Bank upon initial recognition designates as at fair value through profit or loss;

(b)              those that the Bank upon initial recognition designates as available for sale; or

(c)               those for which the holder may not recover substantially all of its initial investment, other than because of credit deterioration.

 

Loans and receivables are initially recognized at fair value - which is the cash consideration to originate or purchase the loan including any transaction costs - and measured subsequently at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Loans and receivables are reported in the balance sheet as loans and advances to other banks or customers or as investment securities. Interest on loans is included in the statement of profit or loss and is reported as ‘Interest and similar income’. In the case of impairment, the impairment loss is reported as a deduction from the carrying value of the loan and recognised in the statement of profit or loss as ‘loan impairment charges’.

 

47



 

(ii)        Held-to-maturity investments

 

Held-to-maturity investments are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturities that the Bank’s management has the positive intention and ability to hold to maturity, other than:

 

(a)                   those that the Bank upon initial recognition designates as at fair value through profit or loss;

(b)                   those that the Bank designates as available for sale; and

(c)                    those that meet the definition of loans and receivables.

 

Held to maturity investments are initially recognised at fair value including direct and incremental transaction costs and measured subsequently at amortised cost, using the effective interest method.

 

Interest on held-to-maturity investments is included in the statement of profit or loss and reported as ‘Interest and similar income’. In the case of an impairment, the impairment loss is reported as a deduction from the carrying value of the investment and recognised in the statement of profit or loss as ‘net gains/(losses) on investment securities’. Held-to-maturity investments include corporate bonds and Government securities.

 

(iii)         Available for sale

 

Available-for-sale financial assets are financial assets that are intended to be held for an indefinite period of time, which may be sold in response to needs for liquidity or changes in interest rates, exchange rates or equity prices or that are not classified as loans and receivables, held-to-maturity investments or financial assets at fair value through profit or loss.

 

Available-for-sale financial assets are initially recognised at fair value, which is the cash consideration including any transaction costs, and measured subsequently at fair value with gains and losses being recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in a separate reserve in equity, revaluation reserve, until the financial asset is derecognised.

 

(iv)           Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

 

This category comprises two sub-categories: financial assets classified as held for trading, and financial assets designated by the Bank as at fair value through profit or loss upon initial recognition.

 

A financial asset is classified as held for trading if it is acquired or incurred principally for the purpose of selling or repurchasing it in the near term or if it is part of a portfolio of identified financial instruments that are managed together and for which there is evidence of a recent actual pattern of short-term profit-taking.

 

Derivatives are also categorised as held for trading unless they are designated and effective as hedging instruments. All derivatives are carried as assets when fair value is positive and as liabilities when fair value is negative.

 

The Bank designates certain financial assets upon initial recognition as at fair value through profit or loss (fair value option). This designation cannot subsequently be changed and can only be applied when the following conditions are met:

 

·                       the application of the fair value option reduces or eliminates an accounting mismatch that would otherwise arise or

·                       the financial assets are part of a portfolio of financial instruments which is risk managed and reported to senior management on a fair value basis or

·                       the financial assets consist of debt host and an embedded derivatives that must be separated.

 

48



 

(iv)      Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss Continued)

 

Financial instruments included in this category are recognised initially at fair value; transaction costs are taken directly to profit or loss. Gains and losses arising from changes in fair value are included directly in profit or loss and are reported as ‘Net gains/(losses) on financial instruments classified as held for trading’. Interest income and expense and dividend income and expenses on financial assets held for trading are included in ‘Net interest income’ or ‘Dividend income’, respectively. Fair value changes relating to financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss are recognised in ‘Net gains on financial instruments designated at fair value through profit or loss’.

 

Recognition of financial assets

 

The Bank uses trade date accounting for regular way contracts when recording financial asset transactions. Financial assets that are transferred to a third party but do not qualify for derecognition are presented in the balance sheet as ‘Assets pledged as collateral’, if the transferee has the right to sell or repledge them.

 

Determination of fair value

 

For financial instruments traded in active markets, the determination of fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities is based on quoted market prices or dealer price quotations. This includes listed equity securities and quoted debt instruments.

 

A financial instrument is regarded as quoted in an active market if quoted prices are readily and regularly available from an exchange, dealer, broker, industry Group, pricing service or regulatory agency, and those prices represent actual and regularly occurring market transactions on an arm’s length basis. If the above criteria are not met, the market is regarded as being inactive. Indicators that a market is inactive are when there is a wide bid-offer spread or significant increase in the bid-offer spread or there are few recent transactions.

 

For all other financial instruments, fair value is determined using valuation techniques. In these techniques, fair values are estimated from observable data in respect of similar financial instruments, using models to estimate the present value of expected future cash flows or other valuation techniques, using inputs (for example, LIBOR yield curve, FX rates, volatilities and counterparty spreads) existing at the balance sheet date.

 

In cases when the fair value of unlisted equity instruments cannot be determined reliably, the instruments are carried at cost less impairment. The fair value for loans and advances as well as liabilities to banks and customers are determined using a present value model on the basis of contractually agreed cash flows, taking into account credit quality, liquidity and costs.

 

The fair values of contingent liabilities and irrevocable loan commitments correspond to their carrying amounts.

 

Financial liabilities

 

Financial liabilities are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost. Financial liabilities are derecognised when extinguished. Such financial liabilities include deposits from banks or customers and other liabilities.

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

Derivatives, which comprise solely forward foreign exchange contracts, are initially recognised at fair value on the date the derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently re-measured at their fair value. The derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are recognised immediately in profit or loss. These derivatives are trading derivatives and are classified as a current asset or liability.

 

Derecognition of financial assets and liabilities

 

Financial assets are derecognised when the contractual rights to receive the cash flows from these assets have ceased to exist or the assets have been transferred and substantially all the risks and rewards of

 

49



 

ownership of the assets are also transferred (that is, if substantially all the risks and rewards have been transferred, the Bank tests control to ensure that continuing involvement on the basis of any retained powers of control does not prevent derecognition).

 

Financial liabilities are derecognised when they have been redeemed or otherwise extinguished.

 

Classes of financial instruments

 

The Bank classifies the financial instruments into classes that reflect the nature of information and take into account the characteristics of those financial instruments. The classification made can be seen in the table below:

 

Category

 

 

 

 

 

 

(as defined by IAS 39)

 

Class (as determined by the Bank)

 

Subclasses

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to banks

 

 

Financial assets

 

Loans and receivables

 

 

 

 

 

Personal loans

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

Loans to individuals (retail)

 

SMEs

 

 

 

 

 

 

MFIs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgages

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans to corporate entities

 

Corporate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Others

 

 

Held-to-maturity Investments

 

Investment securities - debt securities

 

 

 

 

Unlisted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale financial assets

 

Investment securities - debt securities

 

 

 

Unlisted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities -

 

 

 

Unlisted

 

 

 

 

equity securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

 

Financial liabilities at amortised cost

 

Deposits from banks

 

 

 

 

Deposits from customers

 

Retail customers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate customers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Off-balance sheet financial Instruments

 

Loan commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantees, acceptances and other financial facilities.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment of financial assets

 

(i)            Assets carried at amortised cost

 

The Bank assesses at each balance sheet date whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or a Group of financial assets is impaired. A financial asset or a Group of financial assets is impaired and impairment losses are incurred if, and only if, there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after initial recognition of the asset (a “loss event”) and that loss event (or events) has an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset or Group of financial assets that can be reliably estimated. The criteria that the Bank uses to determine that there is objective evidence of an impairment loss include:

 

Impairment of financial assets (continued)

 

(ii)                  Assets carried at amortised cost (continued)

 

·                  Significant financial difficult of the issuer or obligor;

·                  A breach of contract, such as a default or delinquency in interest or principal payment;

 

50



 

·                  Cash flow difficulties experienced by the borrower;

·                  Breach of loan covenants or conditions;

·                  Initiation of bankruptcy proceedings;

·                  Deterioration of the borrower’s competitive position; and

·                  Deterioration in the value of collateral.

 

The estimated period between a loss occurring and its identification is determined by management for each identified portfolio. In general, the periods used vary between three months and twelve months; in exceptional cases, longer periods are warranted.

 

The Bank first assesses whether objective evidence of impairment exists individually for financial assets that are individually significant, and individually or collectively for financial assets that are not individually significant. If the Bank determines that no objective evidence of impairment exists for an individually assessed financial asset, whether significant or not, it includes the asset in a Group of financial assets with similar credit risk characteristics and collectively assesses them for impairment. Assets that are individually assessed for impairment and for which impairment loss is or continues to be recognised are not included in a collective assessment of impairment.

 

The amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the assets carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows (excluding future credit losses that have not been incurred) discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through the use of an allowance account and the amount of the loss is recognised in profit or loss.

 

When a loan is uncollectible, it is written off against the related provision for loan impairment. Such loans are written off after all the necessary procedures have been completed and the amount of the loss has been determined.

 

If, in subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognised (such as an improvement in the debtor’s credit rating), the previously recognised impairment loss is revised by adjusting the allowance account. The amount of the reversal is recognised in profit or loss in impairment charge for credit losses.

 

(ii)        Assets classified as available-for-sale

 

The Bank assesses at each balance sheet date whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired. In the case of equity investments classified as available for sale, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost is objective evidence of impairment resulting in the recognition of an impairment loss. If any such evidence exists for available-for-sale financial assets, the cumulative loss - measured as the difference between the acquisition cost and the current fair value, less any impairment loss on that financial asset previously recognised in profit or loss — is removed from equity and recognised in profit or loss account. Impairment losses recognised in profit or loss on equity instruments are not reversed through profit or loss. If, in a subsequent period, the fair value of a debt instrument classified as available for sale increases and the increase can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognised in profit or loss, the impairment loss is reversed through the statement of profit or loss account.

 

Impairment of non-financial assets

 

Assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use.

 

For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units). The impairment test also can be performed on a single asset when the fair value less cost to sell or the value in use can be determined reliably. Non-financial assets that suffered impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

 

51



 

Offsetting financial instruments

 

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the balance sheet when there is a legally enforceable right to set off the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

 

Income tax

 

Income tax expense is the aggregate of the charge to the profit on loss in respect of current income tax and deferred income tax. Current income tax is the amount of income tax payable on the taxable profit for the period determined in accordance with the Tanzanian Income Tax Act.

 

Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, for all temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying values for financial reporting purposes. However, if the deferred income tax arises from the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit/loss, it is not accounted for. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled.

 

Deferred income tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which temporary differences can be utilised.

 

Provisions

 

Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate of the amount of the obligation can be made.

 

Property and equipment

 

Upon initial recognition motor vehicles are recorded at cost which includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items. Subsequently motor vehicles are stated in the statement of financial position at revalued amounts, being the fair value at the date or revaluation, less any subsequent accumulated depreciation and subsequent accumulated impairment losses. The valuation is determined by independent valuers with reference to the market value of the motor vehicles. Valuations are performed with sufficient regularity to ensure that the fair value of a revalued asset does not differ materially from its carrying amount. Any accumulated depreciation at the date of revaluation is eliminated against the gross carrying amount of the asset and the net amount is restated to the revalued amount of the asset.

 

Any revaluation increase arising on the revaluation of such motor vehicles is recognized in other comprehensive income and cumulated in revaluation reserve in equity except to the extent that it reverses a revaluation decrease for the same asset previously recognized in profit or loss, in which case the increase is credited to profit or loss to the extent of the decrease previously expensed. A decrease in the carrying amount arising on the revaluation of such motor vehicles is recognized in profit or loss to the extent that it exceeds the balance, if any, held in revaluation reserve relating to a previous revaluation of that asset. Each year the difference between depreciation based on the revalued carrying amount of the asset (the depreciation charged to profit or loss) and depreciation based on the asset’s original cost is transferred from ‘revaluation surplus’ to retained earnings.

 

Land and buildings comprise mainly branches and offices. All property and equipment except motor vehicles are stated at historical cost less depreciation. Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items. Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or are recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably.

 

52



 

All other repairs and maintenance are charged to profit or loss during the financial period in which they are incurred. Depreciation of other assets is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate their cost to their residual values over their estimated useful lives, as follows:

 

Bank buildings

 

40 years

Computer equipment

 

5 years

Motor vehicles

 

7 years

Office equipment

 

5 years

Furniture and fittings

 

5 years

Smart card equipment

 

8 years

Mobile branch

 

7 years

Security equipment

 

5 years

Leasehold improvement

 

5 years

 

The estimated useful lives, residual values and depreciation method are reviewed at the end of each reporting period, with the effect of any changes in estimate accounted for on a prospective basis.

 

Assets held under finance leases are depreciated over their expected useful lives on the same basis as owned assets. However, when there is no reasonable certainty that ownership will be obtained by the end of the lease term, assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and their useful lives.

 

An item of property and equipment is derecognised upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected to arise from the continued use of the asset. Any gain or loss arising on the disposal or retirement of an item of property and equipment is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and is recognised in profit or loss.

 

When revalued assets are sold, the amounts included in revaluation surplus relating to those assets are transferred to retained earnings.

 

Intangible assets

 

Acquired computer software licences are capitalised on the basis of the costs incurred to acquire and bring to use the specific software. These costs are amortised over their estimated useful lives (ten years for the core banking system, and three to five years for other systems).

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents includes cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks, other short term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less, including: cash and non-restricted balances with Bank of Tanzania, Investment securities and amounts due from other banks. Cash and cash equivalents excludes the cash reserve requirement held with Central Banks.

 

Employee benefits

 

(i)                      Retirement benefit obligations

 

The Group’s contributions in respect of retirement benefit costs are charged to profit or loss in the year to which they relate. The Group makes contributions to various Social Security Pension Funds, which are statutory defined contribution pension schemes. The Group’s obligations under the schemes are limited to specific contributions legislated from time to time, for Burundi the contribution is 10% (6% by employer and 4% by employee) while for Tanzania statutory contribution is 10% for employer and 10% employee.

 

A defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which the Group pays fixed contributions into a separate entity. The Group has no legal or constructive obligations to pay further contributions if the fund does not hold sufficient assets to pay all employees the benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior periods.

 

53



 

(ii)                  Other entitlements

 

Contract staffs are entitled to gratuity payment at the completion of the contract. Provision is made for gratuity in line with the contracts.

 

Entitlements to annual leave are recognized when they accrue to employees. Provision is made for the estimated liability in respect of annual leave accrued at the end of the reporting period end.

 

The estimated monetary liability for employees’ accrued annual leave entitlement at the balance sheet date is recognised as an expense accrual.

 

Share capital

 

Ordinary shares are classified as ‘share capital’ in equity. Any premium received over and above the par value of the shares is classified as ‘share premium’ in equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options or to the acquisition of a business are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

 

Dividend distribution

 

Dividends are charged to equity in the period in which they are declared. Proposed dividends are not accrued until ratified at the Annual General Meeting. Payment of dividends is subjected to withholding tax at the enacted rate of 5%.

 

Earnings per share

 

The Group presents basic and diluted earnings per share (EPS) in the consolidated financial statements. Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the profit or loss attributable to ordinary Shareholders of the Bank by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year. Diluted EPS is determined by adjusting the profit or loss attributable to ordinary Shareholders and the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding for the effects of all dilutive potential ordinary shares.

 

Grants

 

Grants related to assets are treated as deferred income and released to the profit or loss over the expected useful lives of the assets concerned. Grants towards improvement of Group’s processes are recognized to profit or loss over the periods necessary to match them with the related costs.

 

Leases

 

Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by another party, the lessor, are classified as operating leases. Payments, including pre-payments, made under operating leases (net of any incentives received from the lessor) are charged to profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.

 

The leases entered into by the Bank are operating leases. The total payments made under operating leases are charged to other operating expenses in the statement of profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease. When an operating lease is terminated before the lease period has expired, any payment required to be made to the lessor by way of penalty is recognised as an expense in the period in which termination takes place.

 

Contingencies and commitments

 

Transactions are classified as contingencies where the bank’s obligations depend on uncertain future events. Items are classified as commitments where the Bank commits itself to future transactions if the items will result in the acquisition of assets. Financial guarantees

 

Financial guarantees are initially recognised in the financial statements at fair value on the date the guarantee was given. The fair value of a financial guarantee at the time of signature is zero because all

 

54



 

guarantees are agreed on arm’s length terms and the value of the premium agreed corresponds to the value of the guarantee obligation.

 

Acceptances and letters of credit

 

Acceptances and letters of credit are accounted for as off balance sheet transactions and disclosed as contingent liabilities.

 

Borrowing costs

 

Borrowing costs which are directly attributable to the acquisition of the loan acquired by the Group are being capitalized to form part of the asset acquired by the respective loan.

 

Comparatives

 

Except when a standard or an interpretation permits or requires otherwise, all amounts are reported or disclosed with comparative information.

 

Where necessary, comparative figures have been adjusted to conform to changes in presentation in the current year.

 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgment in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

 

Critical accounting estimates and assumptions

 

The Bank makes estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities within the next period. All estimates and assumptions required are in conformity with IFRS are best estimates undertaken in accordance with the relevant standard.

 

a)         Fair value of financial instruments

 

The fair value of financial instruments where no active market exists or where quoted prices are not otherwise available are determined by using valuation techniques. In these cases, the fair values are estimated from observable data in respect of similar financial instruments or using models. Where market observable inputs are not available, they are estimated based on appropriate assumptions. Where valuation techniques (for example, models) are used to determine fair values, they are validated and periodically reviewed by qualified personnel independent of those that sourced them.

 

All models are certified before they are used, and models are calibrated to ensure that outputs reflect actual data and comparative market prices. To the extent practical, models use only observable data; however, areas such as credit risk (both own credit risk and counterparty risk), volatilities and correlations require management to make estimates.

 

(b) Held to maturity investments

 

The Bank follows the guidance of IAS 39 on classifying non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturity as held-to-maturity. This classification requires significant judgement. In making this judgement, the Bank evaluates its intention and ability to hold such investments to maturity.

 

If the Bank fails to keep these investments to maturity other than for the specific circumstances - for example, selling an insignificant amount close to maturity — it will be required to reclassify the entire class as available-for-sale. The investments would therefore be measured at fair value not amortised cost.

 

55



 

If all held to maturity investments were to be so reclassified, the carrying value would decrease by TZS 34 billion (2013:23 billion and 2012: 148 million), with a corresponding entry in the fair value reserve in Shareholders’ equity.

 

Critical judgements in applying the Group’s accounting policies

 

·                  Impairment losses on loans and advances

 

The Group reviews its loan portfolios to assess impairment regularly. Loans and advances that are past due more than 90 days are assessed individually for impairment. The remaining loans and advances are collectively assessed for impairment. In determining whether an impairment loss should be recorded in the profit or loss, the Group makes judgments as to whether there is any observable data indicating that there is a measurable decrease in the estimated future cash flows from a portfolio of loans, before a decrease can be identified with that portfolio. This evidence may include observable data indicating that there has been an adverse change in the payment status of borrowers in a Group, or national or local economic conditions that correlate with defaults on assets in the Group. Management uses estimates based on historical loss experience for assets with credit risk characteristics and objective evidence of impairment similar to those in the portfolio when scheduling its future cash flows.

 

b)             Impairment of available-for-sale equity investments

 

The Bank determines that available-for-sale equity investments are impaired when there has been a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value below its cost. This determination of what is significant or prolonged requires judgement. In making this judgement, the Bank evaluates among other factors, the volatility in share price. In addition, objective evidence of impairment may be deterioration in the financial health of the investee, industry and sector performance, changes in technology, and operational and financing cash flows.

 

c)              Provisions for legal liabilities

 

The Group has provided for the liabilities arising out of contractual obligations. The closing balance of provisions on litigations amounted to TZS 1,084 million (2013: TZS 667 million, 2012:1,227 million). Professional expert advice is taken on establishing litigation provisions. Provisions for legal proceedings and regulatory matters typically require a higher degree of judgements than other types of provisions. When cases are at an early stage, accounting judgements can be difficult because of the high degree of uncertainty associated with determining whether a present obligation exists as a result of a past event, estimating the probability of outflows and making estimates of the amount of any outflows that may arise. As matters progress through various stages of the cases, Management together with legal advisers evaluate on an ongoing basis whether provisions should be recognized, and the estimated amounts of any such provisions, revising previous judgements and estimates as appropriate.

 

d)             Deferred tax assets

 

The recognition of a deferred tax asset relies on an assessment of the probability and sufficiency of future taxable profits, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences and ongoing tax planning and strategies. The deferred tax asset recognized on the Group’s statement of financial position in year 2014 amounted to TZS 3,290 million (2013: TZS 4,014 million 2012: 3,815 million).

 

The judgments take into consideration the effect of both positive and negative evidence, including historical financial performance, projections of future taxable income, and future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences.

 

e)              Property, equipment and intangible assets

 

Critical estimates are made by the directors in determining the useful lives of property, equipment and intangible assets as well as their residual values.

 

The Group reviews the estimated useful lives of property, equipment and useful lives at the end of each reporting period. An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the

 

56



 

asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount .Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing the proceeds with the carrying amount and are recognised within `Other (losses)/gains - net’ in profit or loss. When revalued assets are sold, the amounts included in other reserves are transferred to retained earnings.

 

The directors determined that the useful lives of certain assets as follows:

 

Asset category

 

Useful life 2014

 

Useful life 2013

 

Useful life 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Building

 

40 years

 

40 years

 

40 years

Motor vehicles

 

7 years

 

7 years

 

7 years

Intangible asset

 

5 years

 

5 years

 

5 years

Core banking software

 

10 years

 

10 years

 

10 years

Equipment

 

5 - 8 years

 

5 - 8 years

 

5 - 8 years

 

E.   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Notes

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest and similar income

 

1

 

371,699

 

304,878

 

261,741

 

Interest expense

 

2

 

(95,512

)

(69,277

)

(55,465

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

276,187

 

235,601

 

206,276

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan impairment charges

 

17

 

(36,886

)

(31,519

)

(26,403

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income after loan impairment charges

 

 

 

239,301

 

204,082

 

179,873

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fee and commission income

 

3

 

121,498

 

92,759

 

75,171

 

Fee and commission expense

 

4

 

(2,894

)

(644

)

(566

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net fee and commission income

 

 

 

118,604

 

92,115

 

74,605

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net foreign exchange income

 

5

 

29,334

 

28,528

 

22,782

 

Other operating income

 

6

 

262

 

696

 

1,082

 

Other operating expenses

 

7

 

(106,445

)

(89,675

)

(76,163

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

8

 

(27,863

)

(22,263

)

(18,426

)

Employee benefit expenses

 

9

 

(120,949

)

(91,462

)

(76,051

)

 

 

 

 

(225,661

)

(174,176

)

(146,776

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before income tax

 

 

 

132,244

 

122,021

 

107,702

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

10(a)

 

(36,599

)

(37,643

)

(27,159

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit for the year

 

 

 

95,645

 

84,378

 

80,543

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit for the year attributable to owners of the parent

 

 

 

95,645

 

84,378

 

80,543

 

 

57



 

E.   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (CONTINUED)

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Notes

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit for the year attributable to owners of the parent

 

 

 

95,645

 

84,378

 

80,543

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revaluation gain on motor vehicles

 

21

 

 

 

3,983

 

Deferred tax on revaluation gain

 

24

 

 

 

(1,195

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,788

 

Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations

 

32

 

1,340

 

(1,139

)

(1,152

)

Revaluation gain on available-for-sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government securities

 

32

 

(880

)

(162

)

79

 

Other comprehensive income for the year net of tax

 

 

 

460

 

(1,301

)

(1,073

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

 

 

 

96,105

 

83,077

 

82,258

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted

 

11

 

43.93

 

38.76

 

37.00

 

 

58



 

F.    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 DECEMBER

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Notes

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with Central Banks

 

13

 

549,570

 

506,222

 

472,641

 

Government securities

 

14

 

594,585

 

569,146

 

527,618

 

Loans and advances to banks

 

15

 

294,626

 

317,923

 

137,082

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

16

 

2,545,296

 

1,993,106

 

1,806,865

 

Equity investments

 

18

 

2,280

 

2,280

 

1,200

 

Other assets

 

19

 

62,485

 

44,271

 

26,082

 

Current income tax recoverable

 

10(c)

 

19,375

 

6,543

 

2,973

 

Property and equipment

 

21

 

115,126

 

97,809

 

77,757

 

Prepaid operating lease

 

22

 

6,029

 

515

 

3,562

 

Intangible assets

 

23

 

17,230

 

16,839

 

15,221

 

Deferred income tax asset

 

24

 

3,495

 

4,014

 

3,815

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

 

 

4,210,097

 

3,558,668

 

3,074,816

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits from customers

 

25

 

3,390,921

 

3,024,429

 

2,583,964

 

Deposits from banks

 

26

 

94,594

 

53,940

 

135,580

 

Other liabilities

 

27

 

95,739

 

46,142

 

29,280

 

Provisions

 

28

 

1,084

 

667

 

1,227

 

Grants

 

29

 

15,437

 

7,784

 

7,333

 

Short term borrowings

 

30.1

 

43,249

 

39,689

 

 

Subordinated debts

 

30.2

 

31,333

 

10,267

 

 

Long term borrowings

 

30.3

 

96,589

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

 

 

3,768,946

 

3,182,918

 

2,757,384

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital

 

31

 

54,413

 

54,413

 

54,413

 

Share premium

 

32

 

18,765

 

18,765

 

18,765

 

Retained earnings

 

32

 

346,614

 

298,753

 

239,566

 

General banking risk reserve

 

32

 

19,633

 

2,007

 

2,456

 

Translation reserve

 

32

 

201

 

(1,139

)

(1,152

)

Revaluation reserve

 

32

 

1,525

 

2,951

 

3,384

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL EQUITY

 

 

 

441,151

 

375,750

 

317,432

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

 

 

 

4,210,097

 

3,558,668

 

3,074,816

 

 

59



 

G.  STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share

 

Share

 

Retained

 

banking

 

Revaluation

 

Translation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

capital

 

premium

 

earnings

 

risk reserve

 

reserve

 

reserve

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

Year ended 31 December 2014

 

Notes

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January 2014

 

 

 

54,413

 

18,765

 

298,753

 

2,007

 

2,951

 

(1,139

)

375,750

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit for the year

 

 

 

 

 

95,645

 

 

 

 

95,645

 

Loss on available-for-sale Government securities fair valuation

 

32

 

 

 

 

 

(880

)

 

(880

)

Translation reserve

 

32

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,340

 

1,340

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

95,645

 

 

(880

)

1,340

 

96,105

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer of excess depreciation

 

 

 

 

 

546

 

 

(546

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer from general banking risk reserve

 

 

 

 

 

(17,626

)

17,626

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transactions with Shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends paid

 

 

 

 

 

(30,471

)

 

 

 

(30,471

)

Burundi adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

(233

)

 

 

 

(233

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December 2014

 

 

 

54,413

 

18,765

 

346,614

 

19,633

 

1,525

 

201

 

441,151

 

 

60



 

G.            STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (CONTINUED)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share

 

Share

 

Retained

 

banking risk

 

Revaluation

 

Translation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

capital

 

premium

 

earnings

 

reserve

 

reserve

 

reserve

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

Year ended 31 December 2013

 

Notes

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January 2013

 

 

 

54,413

 

18,765

 

239,566

 

2,456

 

3,384

 

(1,152

)

317,432

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit for the year

 

 

 

 

 

84,378

 

 

 

 

 

84,378

 

Revaluation surplus on motor vehicles

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain on available-for-sale Government securities fair valuation

 

32

 

 

 

 

 

(162

)

 

(162

)

Translation reserve

 

32

 

 

 

(13

)

 

 

 

13

 

 

Transfer of excess depreciation

 

 

 

 

 

491

 

 

(491

)

 

 

Deferred tax on excess depreciation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

220

 

 

220

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

84,856

 

 

(433

)

13

 

83,077

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer from general banking risk reserve

 

 

 

 

 

449

 

(449

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transactions with Shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends paid

 

 

 

 

 

(26,118

)

 

 

 

(26,118

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December 2013

 

 

 

54,413

 

18,765

 

298,753

 

2,007

 

2,951

 

(1,139

)

375,750

 

 

61



 

G.            STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (CONTINUED)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share

 

Share

 

Retained

 

banking

 

Revaluation

 

Translation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

capital

 

premium

 

earnings

 

risk reserve

 

reserve

 

reserve

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

Year ended 31 December 2012

 

Notes

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January 2012

 

 

 

54,413

 

18,765

 

179,776

 

1,154

 

656

 

 

254,764

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit for the year

 

 

 

 

 

80,543

 

 

 

 

80,543

 

Revaluation surplus on motor vehicles

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,788

 

 

2,788

 

Gain on available-for-sale Government securities fair valuation

 

32

 

 

 

 

 

79

 

 

79

 

Translation reserve

 

32

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,152

)

(1,152

)

Transfer of excess depreciation

 

 

 

 

 

210

 

 

(210

)

 

 

Deferred tax on excess depreciation

 

 

 

 

 

(71

)

 

71

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

54,413

 

18,765

 

260,458

 

1,154

 

3,384

 

 

337,022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer from general banking risk reserve

 

 

 

 

 

(1,302

)

1,302

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transactions with Shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend paid

 

 

 

 

 

(19,590

)

 

 

 

(19,590

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December 2012

 

 

 

54,413

 

18,765

 

239,566

 

2,456

 

3,384

 

(1,152

)

317,432

 

 

62



 

H.          CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Notes

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

Cash flow from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before income tax

 

 

 

132,244

 

122,021

 

107,702

 

Adjustment for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation of property and equipment

 

21

 

23,585

 

18,516

 

15,710

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

23

 

4,225

 

3,735

 

2,713

 

Amortization of prepaid operating leases

 

22

 

53

 

6

 

43

 

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

 

 

 

91

 

29

 

(42

)

Loan impairment charges

 

17

 

36,886

 

31,519

 

26,403

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

(276,187

)

(235,601

)

(206,276

)

Net fee and commission income

 

 

 

(118,604

)

(92,115

)

(74,605

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(197,738

)

(151,890

)

(128,352

)

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statutory minimum reserve

 

 

 

11,241

 

(42,054

)

(3,680

)

Investment securities

 

 

 

(26,088

)

(47,733

)

(113,110

)

Loans and advances to banks

 

 

 

(19,038

)

(1,122

)

(140

)

Loans and advances to customers

 

 

 

(599,713

)

(205,552

)

(404,031

)

Other assets

 

 

 

(22,270

)

(24,090

)

(10,160

)

Deposits from banks

 

 

 

40,653

 

(81,640

)

132,679

 

Deposits from customers

 

 

 

362,310

 

433,494

 

175,463

 

Other liabilities

 

 

 

48,100

 

15,591

 

(6,038

)

Grants

 

 

 

7,653

 

451

 

6,912

 

Change in defined liability gain

 

 

 

 

 

(8,137

)

Interest received

 

 

 

382,496

 

295,956

 

261,741

 

Interest paid

 

 

 

(88,298

)

(62,306

)

(55,465

)

Fee and commission income

 

3

 

121,498

 

92,759

 

75,171

 

Fee and commission expense

 

4

 

(2,894

)

(644

)

(566

)

Income tax paid

 

 

 

(44,658

)

(47,671

)

(24,228

)

Tax refund

 

 

 

 

6,693

 

 

Net cash (used in)/from operating activities

 

 

 

(26,746

)

180,242

 

(101,941

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other investments

 

 

 

 

(1,080

)

 

Purchase of property and equipment

 

20

 

(38,834

)

(35,178

)

(28,119

)

Purchase of equipment financed by Grants

 

 

 

(2,640

)

 

 

Acquisition of leasehold land

 

22

 

(5,567

)

(498

)

(165

)

Purchase of intangible assets

 

23

 

(4,515

)

(5,339

)

(3,872

)

Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment

 

 

 

900

 

136

 

315

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

 

(50,656

)

(41,959

)

(31,841

)

 

63



 

H.            CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED)

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Notes

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends paid

 

 

 

(29,048

)

(24,848

)

(19,148

)

Repayment of borrowings

 

30.2

 

 

 

(1,920

)

Proceeds from borrowings

 

 

 

119,407

 

49,956

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash from/(used in) financing activities

 

 

 

90,359

 

25,108

 

(21,068

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January

 

 

 

475,697

 

312,196

 

467,192

 

Net cash (used in)/from operating activities

 

 

 

(26,746

)

180,242

 

(101,941

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

 

(50,656

)

(41,959

)

(31,841

)

Net cash from financing activities

 

 

 

90,358

 

25,108

 

(21,068

)

Effect of exchange rate change on cash and cash equivalent

 

 

 

(1,288

)

110

 

(146

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December

 

33

 

487,365

 

475,697

 

312,196

 

 

64



 

I.                NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1.              INTEREST AND SIMILAR INCOME

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Term loans

 

210,018

 

157,548

 

130,124

 

- Overdrafts

 

74,724

 

69,771

 

62,292

 

Nostro accounts

 

233

 

89

 

109

 

Placements and balances with other banks

 

4,166

 

3,514

 

1,696

 

Discount earned and interest on Government securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Treasury bills

 

39,332

 

35,537

 

34,175

 

- Treasury bonds

 

43,226

 

38,419

 

33,334

 

Private bonds - held-to-maturity

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

371,699

 

304,878

 

261,741

 

 

2.              INTEREST EXPENSE

 

Deposits from customers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- current accounts

 

8,519

 

3,036

 

2,036

 

- savings accounts

 

19,907

 

15,592

 

9,551

 

- fixed deposits

 

59,629

 

47,464

 

43,663

 

Inter-bank borrowing

 

6,124

 

2,918

 

119

 

Subordinated debt

 

1,333

 

267

 

96

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

95,512

 

69,277

 

55,465

 

 

3.              FEE AND COMMISSION INCOME

 

Service charge on customer accounts

 

31,144

 

22,536

 

20,064

 

Loan application fees

 

21,253

 

16,702

 

12,075

 

ATM withdrawal charges

 

9,754

 

7,610

 

7,122

 

VISA and master card fees

 

3,377

 

3,214

 

3,395

 

Commission on letters of credit

 

8,606

 

5,216

 

4,903

 

Fee on issue of bank cards

 

7,059

 

4,771

 

4,814

 

Fee on local transfers and drafts

 

5,197

 

4,681

 

2,999

 

Point of sale fees

 

3,098

 

2,621

 

2,394

 

Fee on international telegraphic transfers

 

2,784

 

2,568

 

2,297

 

Commission on guarantees and indemnities

 

1,807

 

2,557

 

2,127

 

Commission on mobile phone services

 

9,174

 

4,560

 

2,625

 

Salary processing fees

 

5,552

 

4,074

 

3,258

 

Bills discounted

 

422

 

1,384

 

715

 

Penalties *

 

1,468

 

1,570

 

1,542

 

Other fees and commissions

 

10,803

 

8,695

 

4,841

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

121,498

 

92,759

 

75,171

 

 


*Penalties are charged on customer accounts that are below the minimum required balance, significant cash withdrawal without prior notice and closing Bank accounts less than one year old.

 

65



 

I.                NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

4.              FEE AND COMMISSION EXPENSE

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan comm./Government borrowers

 

795

 

81

 

68

 

Commission paid Agency banking

 

675

 

 

 

Bank loan processing commission

 

257

 

 

 

Commission paid Nostro transactions

 

1,167

 

563

 

498

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,894

 

644

 

566

 

 

5.               NET FOREIGN EXCHANGE INCOME

 

Exchange gain on trading

 

27,603

 

23,665

 

16,067

 

Exchange gain on revaluation

 

1,731

 

4,863

 

6,715

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29,334

 

28,528

 

22,782

 

 

6.               OTHER OPERATING INCOME

 

Rental income

 

110

 

86

 

136

 

FSDT grant income

 

21

 

547

 

882

 

FSDT Assets grant income

 

180

 

22

 

22

 

UNCDF grant income

 

42

 

70

 

 

(Loss)/gain on disposal of property and equipment

 

(91

)

(29

)

42

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

262

 

696

 

1,082

 

 

7.               OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES

 

Directors’ fees

 

710

 

506

 

397

 

Auditors’ fees

 

408

 

359

 

296

 

Provision for impairment of other assets

 

1,678

 

2,199

 

3,264

 

Hired services costs

 

11,076

 

10,647

 

8,932

 

Insurance costs

 

8,017

 

6,951

 

6,281

 

Marketing costs

 

8,529

 

7,358

 

5,872

 

Travelling expenses

 

8,903

 

8,027

 

5,991

 

Rent

 

8,812

 

7,283

 

5,878

 

Training

 

4,706

 

4,941

 

4,092

 

Information system maintenance and software

 

6,335

 

6,568

 

5,770

 

Printing and stationery expenses

 

3,697

 

3,601

 

3,259

 

Telephone, postage and communication costs

 

6,504

 

5,876

 

5,411

 

Legal fees

 

1,670

 

1,336

 

2,321

 

Tembo card and Visa card expenses

 

7,664

 

5,969

 

4,412

 

Motor vehicles maintenances and running costs

 

5,118

 

5,258

 

3,846

 

Electricity

 

3,098

 

2,030

 

1,577

 

Board meetings expenses

 

1,690

 

1,371

 

1,367

 

Shareholders meeting expense

 

1,671

 

1,028

 

819

 

Excise duty on Bank fees and commissions

 

6,013

 

 

 

Other expenses

 

10,146

 

8,367

 

6,378

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

106,445

 

89,675

 

76,163

 

 

66



 

I.                NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

8.               DEPRECIATION AND AMORTISATION

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

Depreciation of property and equipment (note 21)

 

23,585

 

18,516

 

15,670

 

Amortisation of intangible assets (note 22)

 

4,225

 

3,741

 

2,713

 

Amortisation of Prepaid lease (n0te 23)

 

53

 

6

 

43

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27,863

 

22,263

 

18,426

 

 

9.               EMPLOYEE BENEFIT EXPENSES

 

Salaries and wages

 

80,527

 

59,804

 

45,837

 

Bonus

 

6,058

 

5,751

 

2,872

 

Social security contributions

 

9,562

 

7,479

 

5,846

 

Gratuity - post retirement cost

 

6,846

 

4,740

 

4,014

 

Defined benefit scheme

 

 

 

 

6,159

 

Leave allowance

 

3,643

 

3,108

 

3,130

 

Medical expenses

 

2,634

 

2,037

 

1,670

 

Other staff costs

 

11,679

 

8,543

 

6,523

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

120,949

 

91,462

 

76,051

 

 

10.        TAXATION

 

(a)         Income tax expense

 

Current income tax - current year

 

36,319

 

37,574

 

31,742

 

Current income tax - prior years

 

(170

)

1

 

679

 

Deferred tax - current year

 

(201

)

354

 

161

 

Deferred tax - prior years

 

651

 

(286

)

(5,423

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36,599

 

37,643

 

27,159

 

 

(b)         The tax on the Group profit before income tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the statutory income tax rate as follows:

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before income tax

 

132,244

 

122,021

 

107,702

 

Tax calculated at the statutory income tax rate at 30%

 

39,673

 

36,607

 

32,311

 

Tax effect of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Changes in tax rate for the Bank

 

 

 

(984

)

Non-taxable income

 

 

 

(129

)

Depreciation on non-qualifying assets

 

251

 

47

 

267

 

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

 

190

 

105

 

1,081

 

Tax credits for expenses not charged to profits or loss

 

(5,247

)

(274

)

(738

)

Under provisions of current tax in previous years

 

(170

)

1

 

679

 

Under/(Over) provision of deferred tax in previous years

 

651

 

(286

)

(5,423

)

Deferred tax of subsidiary not recognized

 

1,217

 

1,030

 

 

Other

 

34

 

413

 

95

 

Income tax expense

 

36,599

 

37,643

 

27,159

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

 

27.68

%

30.85

%

25.22

%

 

67



 

I.                NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

10.       TAXATION ( CONTINUED)

 

(c)          Income tax recoverable

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January

 

6,543

 

2,973

 

5,220

 

Payments made during the year

 

48,981

 

41,145

 

32,421

 

Charge to profit or loss

 

(36,149

)

(37,575

)

(24,228

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19,375

 

6,543

 

2,973

 

 

11.       EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

Earnings per share are calculated by dividing the profit attributed to the Shareholders of the Group by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding as at close of the year.

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit for the year (TZS’ Million)

 

95,645

 

84,378

 

80,543

 

Weighted average number of shares (‘Million)

 

2,177

 

2,177

 

2,177

 

Basic and diluted earnings per share (TZS)

 

43.93

 

38.76

 

37.00

 

 

There were no potentially dilutive ordinary shares outstanding as at 31 December 2014 (2013 and 2012: Nil) Diluted earnings per share are the same as basic earnings per share.

 

12.         DISTRIBUTION MADE AND PROPOSED

 

Amount in TZS Million

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

Cash dividends on ordinary shares declared and paid:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend paid 2014 TZS 14 per share, 2013 TZS.14 per share, (2012:TZS 12 per share)

 

30,471

 

26,118

 

19,598

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proposed dividends on ordinary shares:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash dividend for 2014:TZS 15 per share (2013:TZS 14 per share 2012: TZS 12 per share)

 

32,648

 

30,471

 

26,118

 

 

Non-cash distribution

There was no non-cash distribution during the year (2013 2012:NIL)

 

The Directors propose payment of a dividend of TZS 15 per share, amounting to TZS 32.7 billion out of 2014 profit to be ratified at the Annual General Meeting to be held in May 2015. In 2014, dividend of TZS 14 per share, amounting to TZS 30.5 billion was approved by Shareholders and paid.

 

Proposed dividend on ordinary shares are subject to approval at the annual general meeting and are not recognised as a liability as at 31 December.

 

68



 

I.                NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

13.       CASH AND BALANCES WITH CENTRAL BANKS

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash in hand

 

163,333

 

129,200

 

120,157

 

Clearing accounts with Central Banks

 

53,244

 

32,788

 

50,304

 

Statutory Minimum Reserves (SMR)*

 

332,993

 

344,234

 

302,180

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

549,570

 

506,222

 

472,641

 

 

In accordance with Section 44 of the Bank of Tanzania Act, 2006 and Sections 4 and 71 of the Banking and Financial Institutions Act, 2006; the Bank is required to maintain Statutory Minimum Reserves (SMR) on its total deposit liabilities and funds borrowed from the general public. The SMR deposit should be at least 8% of customers’ total deposits and borrowings from the general public and 40% of government’s deposits.

 


*            The SMR deposit is not available to finance the Bank’s day-to-day operations and is therefore excluded from cash and cash equivalents for the purpose of the statement of cash flows

 

Cash in hand and balances with Central Banks are non-interest bearing assets. All amounts are current.

 

14.        GOVERNMENT SECURITIES

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

Held to maturity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury bills

 

295,260

 

262,937

 

204,927

 

Treasury bonds

 

233,549

 

265,280

 

286,916

 

Government bonds

 

11,684

 

11,684

 

23,484

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

540,493

 

539,901

 

515,327

 

Available for sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury Bonds

 

54,092

 

29,245

 

12,291

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

594,585

 

569,146

 

527,618

 

 

Treasury bills and bonds are debt securities issued by the Government. As at 31 December 2014, treasury bonds amounting to TZS 140,848 million had been pledged as collateral for various short term borrowings from other banks.

 

69



 

I.                NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

14.        GOVERNMENT SECURITIES (CONTINUED)

 

The maturity analysis of Government securities is as follows:

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

Maturing within 3 months from date of acquisition

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury bills

 

 

586

 

7,980

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maturing after 3 months from date of acquisition

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury bills

 

295,260

 

265,214

 

196,947

 

Treasury bonds

 

287,641

 

291,662

 

299,207

 

Government bonds

 

11,684

 

11,684

 

23,484

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

594,585

 

568,560

 

519,638

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

594,585

 

569,146

 

527,618

 

 

There were no Government securities maturing within 3 months from date of acquisition for the Group and none for the Bank, which form part of cash and cash equivalents for the purpose of statement of cash flows (Note 33).

 

15.       LOANS AND ADVANCES TO BANKS

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cheques and items for clearing

 

11,274

 

44,589

 

19,325

 

Nostro accounts balances

 

182,882

 

187,886

 

87,489

 

Placements with other banks

 

100,470

 

85,448

 

30,268

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

294,626

 

317,923

 

137,082

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maturity analysis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Redeemable on demand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Cheques and items for clearing

 

11,274

 

44,589

 

19,325

 

- Nostro accounts balances

 

182,882

 

187,886

 

87,489

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Placements with other banks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Maturing within 3 months

 

76,632

 

80,648

 

26,941

 

- Maturing after 3 months but within 6 months

 

 

4,800

 

3,327

 

- Maturity after 6 months

 

23,838

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

294,626

 

317,923

 

137,082

 

 

The maturity analysis is based on the remaining periods to contractual maturity from year end.

 

The effective interest rates on loans and advances to banks was 3.85% (2013: 1.1%, 2012: 1.3%

 

70



 

I.                NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

16.            LOANS AND ADVANCES TO CUSTOMERS

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term loans

 

1,769,916

 

1,377,060

 

1,106,215

 

Overdrafts

 

712,963

 

526,180

 

633,064

 

Staff loans

 

93,924

 

66,645

 

49,969

 

Interest receivable

 

48,053

 

58,505

 

50,092

 

Gross loans and advances to customers

 

2,624,856

 

2,028,390

 

1,839,340

 

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for impairment

 

(79,560

)

(35,284

)

(32,475

)

Net loans and advances to customers

 

2,545,296

 

1,993,106

 

1,806,865

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maturity analysis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The maturity analysis is based on the remaining periods to contractual maturity from year end.

 

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maturing within 1 year

 

1,901,347

 

695,197

 

1,262,634

 

Maturing after 1 year but within 3 years

 

477,881

 

396,695

 

296,817

 

Maturing after 3 years

 

245,628

 

936,498

 

279,889

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans and advances to customers

 

2,624,856

 

2,028,390

 

1,839,340

 

 

Analysis by geographical location

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Bank categorises loans and advances to customers into 6 regions for the purpose of regulatory reporting to the Bank of Tanzania.

 

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dar es Salaam zone

 

1,163,603

 

918,804

 

780,411

 

Mbeya zone

 

394,385

 

361,590

 

339,208

 

Lake zone

 

461,785

 

318,209

 

331,261

 

Zanzibar zone

 

280,252

 

239,463

 

209,885

 

Arusha zone

 

274,461

 

186,083

 

178,575

 

Burundi

 

50,370

 

4,241

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans and advances to customers

 

2,624,856

 

2,028,390

 

1,839,340

 

 

The composition of the zones is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Zone

 

Component regions

 

 

 

Dar es Salaam zone

 

Dar es Salaam and coastal region

Lake zone

 

Kagera, Kigoma, Tabora, Mara, Mwanza,Rukwa and Shinyanga

Mbeya zone

 

Dodoma, Iringa, Mbeya, Sumbawanga and Ruvuma

Zanzibar zone

 

Unguja, Lindi, Morogoro and Mtwara

Arusha zone

 

Arusha, Kilimanjaro, Singida,Manyara,Mara and Tanga

 

71



 

I.     NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

16.            LOANS AND ADVANCES TO CUSTOMERS (CONTINUED)

 

Credit impairment for loans and advances to customers

 

The movements in provision for impairment losses on loans and advances are as follows:

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZ2’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At start of year

 

35,284

 

32,475

 

45,607

 

Movement during the year:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment charges for credit losses

 

44,276

 

36,557

 

26,403

 

Amounts written off during year

 

 

(33,748

)

(39,535

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At end of year

 

79,560

 

35,284

 

32,475

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The provision as at year is made up of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Specific allowance for impairment

 

76,260

 

32,827

 

29,559

 

Collective allowance for impairment

 

3,300

 

2,457

 

2,916

 

 

 

79,560

 

35,284

 

32,475

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Specific allowance for impairment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At start of year

 

32,827

 

29,559

 

45,607

 

Movement during the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment charges for credit losses

 

43,433

 

36,557

 

28,899

 

Amounts written off during year

 

 

(33,289

)

(44,947

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At end of year

 

76,260

 

32,827

 

29,559

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collective allowance for impairment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At start of year

 

2,457

 

2,916

 

 

Charge/(release) during the year

 

843

 

(459

)

2,916

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At end of year

 

3,300

 

2,457

 

2,916

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment charge to profit or loss is broken down as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment charges for credit losses

 

44,276

 

36,557

 

28,899

 

Amounts recovered during year

 

(7,390

)

(5,038

)

(2,496

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge to profit or loss

 

36,886

 

31,519

 

26,403

 

 

72



 

I.    NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

16.    LOANS AND ADVANCES TO CUSTOMERS (CONTINUED)

 

Analysis of impairment by industry

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agriculture

 

16,999

 

13,494

 

10,462

 

Financial Intermediaries

 

1,105

 

6,286

 

9,319

 

Personal

 

22,223

 

7,457

 

8,734

 

Trade

 

10,173

 

2,505

 

2,221

 

Building and construction

 

6,959

 

2,803

 

824

 

Education

 

6,470

 

156

 

491

 

Hotels and restaurants

 

1,305

 

1,300

 

308

 

Transport

 

6,999

 

882

 

88

 

Manufacturing

 

 

171

 

 

Real Estate

 

2,307

 

35

 

 

Tourism

 

126

 

93

 

 

Others

 

1,594

 

102

 

28

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

76,260

 

35,284

 

32,475

 

 

The below analysis shows Loans and advances to customers as per The Banking and Financial Institutions Act 2006 that requires credit facilities that remained in the loss category for four consecutive quarter, to be charged off. Loans and advances of TZS 49 billion fell in this category.

 

17.    LOANS AND ADVANCES TO CUSTOMERS AS PER BoT

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term loans

 

1,746,374

 

1,377,060

 

1,106,215

 

Overdrafts

 

704,728

 

526,180

 

633,064

 

Staff loans

 

93,668

 

66,645

 

49,969

 

Interest receivable

 

31,372

 

58,505

 

50,092

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans and advances to customers

 

2,576,142

 

2,028,390

 

1,839,340

 

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for impairment

 

(30,846

)

(35,284

)

(32,475

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loans and advances to customers

 

2,545,296

 

1,993,106

 

1,806,865

 

 

Maturity analysis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The maturity analysis is based on the remaining periods to contractual maturity from year end.

 

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maturing within 1 year

 

868,116

 

695,197

 

1,262,634

 

Maturing after 1 year but within 3 years

 

1,235,033

 

396,695

 

296,817

 

Maturing after 3 years

 

472,993

 

936,498

 

279,889

 

Gross loans and advances to customers

 

2,576,142

 

2,028,390

 

1,839,340

 

 

73



 

I.                NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

17.  LOANS AND ADVANCES TO CUSTOMERS AS PER BoT (CONTINUED)

 

Analysis by geographical location

 

The Bank categorises loans and advances to customers into 6 regions for the purpose of regulatory reporting to the Bank of Tanzania.

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dar es Salaam zone

 

1,114,889

 

918,804

 

780,411

 

Mbeya zone

 

394,385

 

361,590

 

339,208

 

Lake zone

 

461,785

 

318,209

 

331,261

 

Zanzibar zone

 

280,252

 

239,463

 

209,885

 

Arusha zone

 

274,461

 

186,083

 

178,575

 

Burundi

 

50,370

 

4,241

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans and advances to customers

 

2,576,142

 

2,028,390

 

1,839,340

 

 

The composition of the zones is as follows:

 

Zone

 

Component regions

 

 

 

Dar es Salaam zone

 

Dar es Salaam and coastal region

Lake zone

 

Kagera, Kigoma, Tabora, Mara, Mwanza,Rukwa and Shinyanga

Mbeya zone

 

Dodoma, Iringa, Mbeya, Sumbawanga and Ruvuma

Zanzibar zone

 

Unguja, Lindi, Morogoro and Mtwara

Arusha zone

 

Arusha, Kilimanjaro, Singida,Manyara,Mara and Tanga

 

Credit impairment for loans and advances to customers

 

The movements in provision for impairment losses on loans and advances are as follows:

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At start of year

 

35,284

 

32,475

 

45,607

 

Movement during the year:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment charges for credit losses

 

44,276

 

36,557

 

26,403

 

Amounts written off during year

 

(48,714

)

(33,748

)

(39,535

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At end of year

 

30,846

 

35,284

 

32,475

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The provision as at year is made up of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Specific allowance for impairment

 

27,546

 

32,827

 

29,559

 

Collective allowance for impairment

 

3,300

 

2,457

 

2,916

 

 

 

30,846

 

35,284

 

32,475

 

 

74



 

I.    NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

17.    LOANS AND ADVANCES TO CUSTOMERS AS PER BoT (CONTINUED)

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Specific allowance for impairment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At start of year

 

32,827

 

29,559

 

45,607

 

Movement during the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment charges for credit losses

 

43,433

 

36,557

 

25,983

 

Amounts written off during year

 

(48,714

)

(33,289

)

(42,031

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At end of year

 

27,546

 

32,827

 

29,559

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collective allowance for impairment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At start of year

 

2,457

 

2,916

 

 

Charge/(release) during the year

 

843

 

(459

)

2,916

 

At end of year

 

3,300

 

2,457

 

2,916

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment charge to profit or loss is broken down as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment charges for credit losses

 

44,276

 

36,557

 

28,899

 

Amounts recovered during year

 

(7,390

)

(5,038

)

(2,496

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge to profit or loss

 

36,886

 

31,519

 

26,403

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agriculture

 

8,565

 

10,462

 

10,462

 

Financial Intermediaries

 

2,832

 

9,319

 

9,319

 

Personal

 

11,188

 

8,734

 

8,734

 

Trade

 

1,774

 

2,221

 

2,221

 

Building and construction

 

544

 

824

 

824

 

Education

 

469

 

491

 

491

 

Hotels and restaurants

 

1,107

 

308

 

308

 

Transport

 

3,488

 

88

 

88

 

Manufacturing

 

183

 

 

 

Real Estate

 

100

 

 

 

Tourism

 

490

 

 

 

Others

 

106

 

28

 

28

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,846

 

32,475

 

32,475

 

 

The effective interest rate for the loans and advances was 11.30% (2013: 11.40%, 2012:10.6%)

 

18.    EQUITY INVESTMENTS — AT FAIR VALUE

 

Investment in Tanzania Mortgage Refinance Company (TMRC)

 

2,280

 

2,280

 

1,200

 

 

Tanzania Mortgage Refinance Company (TMRC) is a private sector institution owned by banks with the sole purpose of supporting banks to do mortgage lending by refinancing banks’ mortgage portfolios. The percentage shareholding of the Bank in TMRC as at 31 December 2014 was 17.14% (2013, 2012: 17.14%).

 

75



 

I.     NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

19.  OTHER ASSETS

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advance payment for capital expenditure

 

3,753

 

3,225

 

3,380

 

Prepaid expenses

 

19,128

 

9,765

 

7,835

 

Bank card stock

 

1,773

 

1,235

 

2,277

 

Receivable from mobile phone companies

 

27,725

 

22,251

 

8,637

 

MasterCard receivable

 

 

 

 

415

 

Bills receivable

 

47

 

84

 

123

 

Other receivables

 

13,328

 

10,230

 

5,394

 

Less: Provision for impairment

 

(3,269

)

(2,519

)

(1,979

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

62,485

 

44,271

 

26,082

 

 

Provision for impairment is made for assets whose recoverability is considered doubtful.

All other assets are current.

 

Movement in provision for impairment on other assets is as shown below:

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January

 

2,519

 

1,979

 

1,636

 

Increase during the year

 

1,449

 

2,199

 

3,264

 

Write offs

 

(699

)

(1,659

)

(2,921

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December

 

3,269

 

2,519

 

1,979

 

 

20.  INVESTMENT IN SUBSIDIARIES

 

The Group consist of two subsidiaries: CRDB Microfinance Service Company Limited, and CRDB Bank Burundi S.A of which the shareholding to the bank and other details are provided below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

Country of

 

Held

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Incorporation

 

%

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

CRDB Microfinance Service Company Limited

 

Tanzania

 

100

%

728

 

728

 

728

 

CRDB Bank Burundi S.A

 

Burundi

 

100

%

21,583

 

19,293

 

16,161

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,311

 

20,021

 

16,889

 

 

All subsidiaries are unlisted and have the same year end as the Bank. The investment in the subsidiaries includes the cost of shares and other initial payments made for the subsidiaries. During the year 2014, the Bank invested TZS 2,290 Million (2013: TZS 3,132 Million, 2012: TZS 16,889 Million) as additional capital in Burundi subsidiary.

 

76



 

I.                NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

21.            PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

 

Amounts are in TZS’ Million

 

 

 

Land &

 

Leasehold

 

Motor

 

Office

 

Computer

 

Smartcard

 

Security

 

Mobile

 

Work in

 

 

 

Year 2014

 

buildings

 

improvement

 

vehicles

 

equipment

 

equipment

 

equipment

 

equipment

 

branch

 

progress

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost/Revaluation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January

 

23,462

 

36,435

 

9,134

 

40,762

 

20,619

 

20,130

 

3,054

 

7,195

 

1,034

 

161,822

 

Exchange differences

 

 

144

 

(51

)

52

 

48

 

 

 

 

 

193

 

Additions

 

4,765

 

4,262

 

2,519

 

11,188

 

7,863

 

2,702

 

511

 

 

5,024

 

38,834

 

WIP capitalization

 

 

 

5,148

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,148

)

 

Adjustment

 

2,555

 

 

86

 

 

 

(1,496

)

1,496

 

 

 

 

 

86

 

Disposals

 

 

 

(951

)

(346

)

(2

)

(591

)

(5

)

 

 

(1,895

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December

 

30,782

 

45,989

 

10,737

 

51,656

 

27,032

 

23,737

 

3,560

 

7,195

 

910

 

199,040

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January

 

(3,997

)

(15,322

)

(2,372

)

(21,431

)

(11,406

)

(8,465

)

(2,023

)

(3,738

)

 

(64,013

)

Adjustment

 

2583

 

 

19

 

 

802

 

(802

)

 

 

 

2,602

 

Charge for the year

 

(693

)

(7,311

)

(1,453

)

(6,692

)

(3,515

)

(2,529

)

(400

)

(992

)

 

(23,585

)

Disposal

 

 

 

234

 

256

 

2

 

590

 

 

 

 

 

1,082

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December

 

(2,107

)

(22,633

)

(1,172

)

(27,870

)

(14,117

)

(11,206

)

(2,423

)

(4,730

)

 

(83,914

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net book value 2014

 

26,120

 

23,356

 

11,909

 

23,786

 

12,915

 

12,528

 

1,137

 

2,465

 

910

 

115,126

 

 

Work in progress relates to the Bank’s buildings under construction.

 

77



 

I.                NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

21.            PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT (CONTINUED)

 

Amounts are in TZS’Million

 

 

 

Land &

 

Leasehold

 

Motor

 

Office

 

Computer

 

Smartcard

 

Security

 

Mobile

 

Work in

 

 

 

Year 2013

 

buildings

 

improvement

 

vehicles

 

equipment

 

equipment

 

equipment

 

equipment

 

Branch

 

progress

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost/Revaluation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January

 

18,010

 

24,961

 

7,560

 

29,844

 

17,070

 

16,125

 

2,595

 

7,177

 

3,790

 

127,132

 

Exchange differences

 

 

7

 

2

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

Additions

 

914

 

11,467

 

1,736

 

11,073

 

3,716

 

4,002

 

470

 

18

 

1,782

 

35,178

 

WIP capitalization

 

4,538

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,538

)

 

Disposals

 

 

 

(164

)

(157

)

(167

)

 

(11

)

 

 

(499

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December

 

23,462

 

36,435

 

9,134

 

40,762

 

20,619

 

20,127

 

3,054

 

7,195

 

1,034

 

161,822

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January

 

(3,477

)

(10,179

)

 

(16,445

)

(8,441

)

(6,489

)

(1,631

)

(2,756

)

 

(49,418

)

Adjustment

 

 

 

3,591

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,591

 

Charge for the year

 

(520

)

(5,143

)

(1,243

)

(5,131

)

(3,121

)

(1,976

)

(392

)

(990

)

 

(18,516

)

Disposal

 

 

 

24

 

142

 

156

 

 

 

8

 

 

330

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December

 

(3,997

)

(15,322

)

(2,372

)

(21,434

)

(11,406

)

(8,465

)

(2,023

)

(3,738

)

 

(64,013

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net book value

 

23,044

 

21,113

 

7,918

 

19,331

 

9,218

 

11,663

 

1,039

 

3,449

 

1,034

 

97,809

 

 

Work in progress relates to the Bank’s buildings under construction. Leasehold improvements were previously presented on the face of the statement of financial position as refurbishment costs.

 

78



 

I.     NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

21.    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT (CONTINUED)

 

Amounts are in TZS’ Million

 

 

 

 

 

Leasehold

 

Motor

 

Office

 

Computer

 

Smart card

 

Security

 

Mobile

 

Work in

 

 

 

Year 2012

 

Buildings

 

Improvement

 

vehicles

 

Equipment

 

Equipment

 

Equipment

 

Equipment

 

Branch

 

Progress

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost/ Revaluation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January

 

17,663

 

18,051

 

6,372

 

24,085

 

13,151

 

12,261

 

2,179

 

5,315

 

2,368

 

101,445

 

Additions

 

347

 

7,058

 

1,715

 

7,011

 

4,237

 

4,038

 

429

 

1,862

 

1,422

 

28,119

 

Revaluation

 

 

 

3,983

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,983

 

Released on revaluation

 

 

 

(4,192

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,192

)

Disposals

 

 

(148

)

(318

)

(1,252

)

(318

)

(174

)

(13

)

 

 

(2,223

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December

 

18,010

 

24,961

 

7,560

 

29,844

 

17,070

 

16,125

 

2,595

 

7,177

 

3,790

 

127,132

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January

 

(3,036

)

(6,014

)

(3,026

)

(13,495

)

(6,154

)

(5,108

)

(1,265

)

(1,593

)

 

(39,691

)

Charge for the year

 

(441

)

(4,165

)

(1,238

)

(4,176

)

(2,593

)

(1,555

)

(379

)

(1,163

)

 

(15,710

)

Disposal

 

 

 

72

 

1,226

 

306

 

174

 

13

 

 

 

1,791

 

Released on revaluation

 

 

 

4,192

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,192

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December

 

(3,477

)

(10,179

)

 

(16,445

)

(8,441

)

(6,489

)

(1,631

)

(2,756

)

 

(49,418

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net book value

 

14,533

 

14,782

 

7,560

 

13,399

 

8,629

 

9,636

 

964

 

4,421

 

3,790

 

77,757

 

 

Work in progress relates to the Bank’s buildings under construction.

 

79



 

I.     NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

21.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT (CONTINUED)

 

The Company’s Motor vehicles were revalued on 31 December 2012, by Mechmaster (T) Limited and Toyota Tanzania limited, registered vehicle dealers. Valuations were made on the basis of recent open market value. The revaluation surplus net of applicable deferred income taxes was credited to other comprehensive income and is shown in ‘‘revaluation reserve’’ in Shareholders’ equity. None of the property and equipment is pledged as security for liabilities. The valuation has been reviewed and the management is of the view that the current book value is in line with the market value.

 

There were no capitalized borrowing costs related to the acquisition of property and equipments during the year ended 31 December 2014 2013 and 2012.

 

If motor vehicles were measured using cost model, the carrying amounts would be as follows;

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COST

 

12,522

 

10,044

 

8,607

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

(7,572

)

(6,282

)

(5,540

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net book value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December

 

4,950

 

3,762

 

3,067

 

 

Included in property and equipment are assets with a cost of TZS 30,466 million (2013: TZS 18,239 million; 2012: 17,554 million) which were fully depreciated but still in use. The notional depreciation charge on these assets would have been TZS 6,863 million (2013: TZS 3,373 million; 2012: TZS 2,843million)

 

Fair value measurement of the Group’s motor vehicles

 

The Group’s motor vehicles are stated at their revalued amounts, being the fair value at the date of revaluation, less any subsequent accumulated depreciation and subsequent accumulated impairment losses. Details of the Group’s freehold land and buildings and information about the fair value hierarchy as at 31 December 2014, 2013 and 2012 are as follows

 

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

31 December 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Motor vehicles

 

 

11,909

 

 

11,909

 

31 December 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Motor vehicles

 

 

7,918

 

 

7,918

 

31 December 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Motor vehicles

 

 

7,560

 

 

7,560

 

 

There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during the year (2013, 2012: Nil).

 

80



 

I.     NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

22.  PREPAID OPERATING LEASE

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

Cost prepaid

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January

 

535

 

37

 

3,517

 

Additions

 

5,567

 

498

 

165

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December

 

6,102

 

535

 

3,682

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January

 

(20

)

(14

)

(77

)

Charge for the year

 

(53

)

(6

)

(43

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December

 

(73

)

(20

)

(120

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net book value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December

 

6,029

 

515

 

3,562

 

 

Prepaid operating lease relates to advance payments made for the right of occupancy of various portions of leasehold land where the Bank has its business premises.

 

23.  INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

Cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January

 

29,385

 

24,032

 

20,160

 

Exchange differences

 

101

 

14

 

 

Additions

 

4,515

 

5,339

 

3,872

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December

 

34,001

 

29,385

 

24,032

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January

 

(12,546

)

(8,811

)

(6,098

)

Charge for the year

 

(4,225

)

(3,735

)

(2,713

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December

 

(16,771

)

(12,546

)

(8,811

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net book value At 31 December

 

17,230

 

16,839

 

15,221

 

 

Intangible assets relate to computer software used by the Group. Intangibles fully depreciated amounting to TZS 3,849 million (2013: TZS 2,123 million, 2012: TZS Nil) are still in use. The notional depreciation charge would have been TZS 770 million (2013: TZS 425 million; 2012: TZS Nil). Some fully depreciated software’s are; Kindle software (branch power), Signature capture software, VISA solution software, Card-world producer software, Smart POS module.

 

No intangible asset was pledged as security for liabilities as at 31 December 2014 (2013; 2012 Nil). There also no restrictions other than those outlined in the software license.

 

As at 31 December 2014, there were no significant intangible assets controlled by the entity which has not recognized as assets (2013; 2012: Nil).

 

81



 

I.     NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

24.  DEFERRED INCOME TAX ASSET

 

Deferred income tax is calculated on all temporary differences under the liability method using a principal tax rate of 30%. The movement on the deferred income tax account is as follows:

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January

 

4,014

 

3,815

 

(252

)

Charge to profit and loss

 

(557

)

(354

)

(161

)

Under provision in prior year deferred income tax asset

 

38

 

553

 

5,423

 

Charge to equity

 

 

 

(1,195

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December

 

3,495

 

4,014

 

3,815

 

 

Deferred income tax (asset)/liability is attributed to the following items:

 

Excess depreciation over capital allowances

 

557

 

617

 

2,385

 

Actuarial gains on defined benefit plan

 

 

 

 

Provisions

 

2,938

 

3,397

 

2,625

 

Revaluation gain on motor vehicles

 

 

 

 

(1,195

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,495

 

4,014

 

3,815

 

 

25.  DEPOSITS FROM CUSTOMERS

 

Current and demand accounts

 

1,470,908

 

1,223,885

 

876,693

 

Savings accounts

 

1,164,140

 

942,370

 

827,888

 

Term deposits

 

755,873

 

858,174

 

879,383

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,390,921

 

3,024,429

 

2,583,964

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current deposits

 

3,280,132

 

2,898,034

 

2,475,966

 

Non-current deposits

 

110,789

 

126,395

 

107,998

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,390,921

 

3,024,429

 

2,583,964

 

 

Savings accounts, term deposits and some current and demand deposits are interest bearing accounts. These interest bearing customer deposit accounts carry variable interest rates.

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

Maturity analysis

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repayable on demand

 

2,748,466

 

2,297,411

 

1,711,650

 

Maturing within 3 months

 

308,458

 

349,250

 

499,522

 

After 3 months but within 1 year

 

223,208

 

251,373

 

271,863

 

Maturing after 1 year

 

110,789

 

126,395

 

107,998

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,390,921

 

3,024,429

 

2,591,033

 

 

The effective interest rates on deposits from customers was 2.55% (2013: 11.40%, 2012: 2.14%)

 

82



 

I.     NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

26.  DEPOSITS FROM BANKS

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits from banks

 

94,594

 

53,940

 

135,580

 

 

All deposits from banks are current.

 

The effective interest rates on deposits from the banks was 3.11% (2013: 5.4%, 2012: 3.16%)

 

27.  OTHER LIABILITIES

 

Bills payable

 

3,080

 

3,340

 

3,340

 

Dividend payable

 

4,842

 

3,419

 

2,148

 

Accrued expenses

 

13,956

 

9,005

 

6,004

 

Deferred income

 

7,886

 

3,282

 

1,793

 

Outstanding credits

 

5,245

 

3,667

 

2,861

 

Unclaimed customer balances

 

6,488

 

11,327

 

8,552

 

Other payables

 

54,242

 

13,245

 

4,582

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

95,739

 

46,142

 

29,280

 

 

·      Bills payable represents Bankers cheques issued to customers that have not yet been presented for payment.

 

·      Dividend payable represents uncollected dividends by the Bank’s Shareholders.

 

·                  Outstanding credits represent suspended customer balances while their bank accounts are in the process of being opened.

 

Other liabilities are expected to be settled within no more than 12 months after the reporting date.

 

28.  PROVISIONS

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

Provision for litigation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January

 

667

 

1,227

 

352

 

Additional provisions

 

492

 

135

 

970

 

Amount paid in the year

 

(75

)

(695

)

(95

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December

 

1,084

 

667

 

1,227

 

 

As at year end, there were several pending legal cases where the Bank was a defendant. Provision has been made for legal cases where professional advice indicates that it is probable that significant loss will arise. The directors have considered it probable that the unfavourable outcome of these cases to the Bank could result into an estimated loss of TZS.1,084 million (2013:TZS 667 million, 2012:TZS 1,227 million). For cases whose outcomes are uncertain, contingent liabilities have been considered as disclosed in note 35. According to the nature of such disputes the outcome and timing of settlement of these cases is uncertain.

 

83



 

I.     NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

29.  GRANTS

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January

 

7,784

 

7,333

 

716

 

Grant received during the year

 

7,890

 

1,078

 

7,738

 

Grant amount utilised

 

(237

)

(627

)

(1,121

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December

 

15,437

 

7,784

 

7,333

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29.  (A) FSDT GRANT

 

At 1 January

 

7,102

 

6,981

 

138

 

Grant received during the year

 

4,025

 

681

 

7,737

 

Grant amount utilised

 

(33

)

(560

)

(894

)

Foreign exchange

 

137

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December

 

11,231

 

7,102

 

7,333

 

 

The Group is recipient of two grants from Financial Sector Deepening Trust of Tanzania (FSDT) as disclosed below:

 

FSDT GRANT I

 

On 26 May 2008, CRDB Bank Plc signed a four year funding agreement with Financial Sector Deepening Trust of Tanzania (FSDT) amounting to USD 3,806,500 as a grant for strengthening of the Bank’s microfinance partner institutions and increase outreach. In 2013 the amount of USD 415,560 was received by CRDB Bank Plc which was transferred to the CRDB Microfinance Services Company Limited. Total cumulative drawdown of the Grant to 31 December 2014 amounts to USD 3,806,500.

 

FSDT GRANT II

 

In 2014 the grant amount of USD 2,326,533.44 was received by CRDB Bank Plc, (2013: Nil). The conditions of the grant are subject to the achievement of performance targets relating to the number of constructed service centres, purchase of mobile branches as well as target number of clients and borrowers served among other conditions. The drawdown of the grant as at 31 December 2014 was USD 4,057,433.

 

29.  (B) DANIDA WOMEN GRANT

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January

 

352

 

352

 

578

 

Grant and guarantee received during the year

 

2,115

 

 

 

Grant amount utilised

 

(154

)

 

(226

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December

 

2,313

 

352

 

352

 

 

84



 

I.     NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

29.  (B) DANIDA WOMEN GRANTS (CONTINUED)

 

On 10 December 2011, CRDB Bank Plc signed a three year funding agreement with DANIDA amounting to DKK 8,850,000 of which DKK 5,000,000 being guarantee and DKK 3,850,000 as a grant for operation on project named “Women Access to Finance Initiative” aimed at enabling women to contribute to economic growth through SME loans. The drawdown of operational grant up to December 2014 was DKK 3,762,575 equivalent to USD 681,532 and guarantee of DKK 5,000,000 equivalent to USD 905,672. During the year TZS 186 Million of operational grant was utilised on supervision TZS 0.5 Million; mentorship TZS 123 Million; customer training 5 Million and technical assistance TZS 57 Million.

 

29.  (C)UNCDF GRANT

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

At 1 January

 

330

 

 

 

Grant received during the year

 

 

397

 

 

Grant amount utilised

 

(144

)

(67

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December

 

186

 

330

 

 

 

On 29 May 2013, CRDB Bank Burundi S.A. signed a funding agreement with United Nations Capital Development Fund (UNCDF) amounting to USD 700,000 as a grant to support and strengthening Microfinance institutions, SACCOS and establishment of Agency banking. The agreement is scheduled to expire on Jan 2017. The drawdown amount of the grant up to December 2014 was USD 250,000.

 

29.  (D) MIVARF ASSET GRANT

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

At 1 January

 

 

 

 

Grant received during the year

 

1,725

 

 

 

Grant amount utilised

 

(42

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December

 

1,683

 

 

 

 

On 2 January 2014, CRDB MFSCL signed a six year funding agreement with marketing infrastructure, Value Addition and Rural Finance Support Programme (MIVARF) amounting to USD 4,000,008 as a grant for improving/strengthening and developing access to financial services on a sustainable basis to rural micro and small scale entrepreneurship activities that will lead to increased productivities in rural areas. In 2014 the amount of USD 995,909 was received by CRDB MFSCL.

 

29.  (E)MIVARF ASSET GRANT

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

At 1 January

 

 

 

 

Grant received during the year

 

24

 

 

 

Grant amount utilised

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December

 

24

 

 

 

 

Grants have been received for the purchase of certain items of property, plant and equipment and supporting some of the operating expenditures. There are no unfulfilled conditions or contingencies attached to these grants

 

85



 

I.     NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

30.  BORROWINGS

 

30.1 SHORT TERM BORROWING

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January

 

39,689

 

 

 

Loan received during the year

 

43,249

 

39,689

 

 

Interest charge for the year

 

 

 

 

Interest paid in the year

 

 

 

 

Principal repayment during the year

 

(39,689

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December

 

43,249

 

39,689

 

 

 

On 14th October 2013, CRDB Bank Plc signed a one year loan agreement with Standard Chartered Bank London amounting USD 25 Million secured by Treasury bonds. The loan’s interests floating three month libor plus two hundred basis points, with interest being paid on a quarterly basis. The whole amount was received in 2013 and the contract renewed again in 2014 for the same terms and conditions.

 

30.2 SUBORDINATED DEBT

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January

 

10,267

 

 

1,920

 

Loan received during the year

 

20,000

 

10,000

 

 

Interest charge for the year

 

1,333

 

267

 

96

 

Interest paid in the year

 

(267

)

 

(96

)

Principal repayment during the year

 

 

 

 

(1,920

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December

 

31,333

 

10,267

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current

 

30,000

 

10,000

 

 

Current

 

1,333

 

267

 

 

 

 

31,333

 

10,267

 

 

 

The bank was granted a subordinated debt by DANIDA Investment Fund amounting to TZS 20 billion at an interest rate of 8% that is to be paid annually. The subordinated debt is for a period of eight (8) years effective from 1 September 2014.

 

30.3  LONG TERM BORROWING

 

30.3.1 SENIOR DEBT

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

At 1 January

 

 

 

 

Loan received during the year

 

77,847

 

 

 

 

 

Interest charge for the year

 

705

 

 

 

Interest paid in the year

 

 

 

 

Principal repayment during the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December

 

78,552

 

 

 

 

86



 

I.     NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

30.  BORROWINGS (CONTINUED)

 

30.3  LONG TERM BORROWING (CONTINUED)

 

30.3.1SENIOR DEBT (CONTINUED)

 

The bank was granted a Senior debt by International Financial Corporation amounting to US$ 75 Million as follows; long term loan of US$ 40 Million, short term loan of US$ 25 Million and LC credit line of US$ 10 Million. The short term and long term loan’s interest is floating three/ six month Libor plus two hundred twenty five basis points, with interest being paid on quarterly and semi-annually basis respectively. The long term debt is for a period of seven (7) years while short term debt is five (5) years renewable annually effective from 23 April 2014.The drawdown of the debt up to December 2014 was US$ 45 Million.

 

30.3.2 TMRC LONG TERM LOAN

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January

 

 

 

 

Loan received during the year

 

10,000

 

 

 

Interest charge for the year

 

22

 

 

 

Interest paid in the year

 

 

 

 

Principal repayment during the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December

 

10,022

 

 

 

 

On 31 March 2014 and 24 September 2014 the bank received a mortgage refinance loan from TMRC for TZS 5 billion respectively. The tenor for the loan is 3 years. Both facilities bear interest of 11.5%

 

30.3.3 TIB LONG TERM LOANS

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January

 

 

 

 

Loan received during the year

 

8,000

 

 

 

 

 

Interest charge for the year

 

15

 

 

 

Interest paid in the year

 

 

 

 

Principal repayment during the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December

 

8,015

 

 

 

 

 

 

On 27 May 2013 the bank received a refinancing loan of approximately TZS 2,694 million from TIB Investment bank for loan issued to Andoya Hydro power. The loan is for 10 years at interest rate of 8.37% maturing on 27 May 2023. On 15 August 2012 the Bank received a refinancing loan of TZS 4,804 million from TIB Investment Bank for loan issued to Mwenga Hydro power. The loan is for 10 years with initial interest rate of 6.48% maturing on 15 August 2021. The interest rate was revised from 15 August 2014 to 8.62%.

 

The Bank complied with all terms and conditions of each of the agreements during the year and there were no any defaults on either principal or interest of loan payable.

 

At 31 December 2014, the Group had available US$ 20 Million from IFC (2013: Nil) of undrawn committed borrowing facilities expected to be received within 24 months after the signing of the loan agreement. There is no any restriction on utilization of these facilities.

 

87



 

I.     NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

31.  SHARE CAPITAL

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Authorized 4,000,000,000 ordinary shares of TZS 25 each

 

100,000

 

100,000

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued and fully paid 2,176,532,160 ordinary shares of TZS 25 each

 

54,413

 

54,413

 

54,413

 

 

The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are entitled to one vote per share at Annual General Meetings of the Company. For the time being, there is no any restriction which has been attached to the ordinary shares of the company.

 

32.  RESERVES

 

Share premium

 

Share premium represents the surplus of market price over the nominal value of the shares issued, comprising the rights issue and Initial Public offering (IPO).

 

Retained earnings

 

Retained earnings consist of profits generated by a company that was not distributed to Shareholders as dividend but reinvested in business.

 

General banking risk reserve

 

General banking risk reserve represents the surplus of loan provision computed as per the Bank of Tanzania regulations over the impairment of loans and advances. This is a non-distributable reserve.

 

Translation reserve

 

Translation reserve represents exchange differences arising from translation of the financial performance and position of a subsidiary company that has a functional currency different from the Group’s presentation currency. This is a non-distributable reserve

 

88



 

I.     NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

32.  RESERVES

 

Revaluation Reserve

 

Revaluation reserve is made up of periodic adjustment arising from the fair valuation of motor vehicles, net of related deferred taxation and fair valuation of available for sale financial assets and liabilities. The reserve is not available for distribution to the Shareholders.

 

The revaluations reserve movements is as shown below:

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

Motor

 

Available

 

 

 

Motor

 

Available

 

 

 

Motor

 

Available

 

 

 

 

 

vehicles

 

for sale

 

Total

 

vehicles

 

for sale

 

Total

 

vehicles

 

for sale

 

Total

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January

 

3,034

 

(83

)

2,951

 

3,305

 

79

 

3,384

 

656

 

 

656

 

(Decrease) during the year

 

 

(880

)

(880

)

 

(162

)

(162

)

2,788

 

79

 

2,867

 

Release to retained earnings

 

(546

)

 

(546

)

(271

)

 

(271

)

(139

)

 

(139

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December

 

2,488

 

(963

)

1,525

 

3,034

 

(83

)

2,951

 

3,305

 

79

 

3,384

 

 

89



 

I.     NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

33.  ANALYSIS OF CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

For the purpose of the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents comprise the following balances with less than three months maturity from the date of acquisition.

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash in hand (Note 14)

 

163,333

 

129,200

 

120,157

 

Balances with Central Banks (Note 14)

 

53,244

 

32,788

 

50,304

 

Loans and advances to banks (Note 17)

 

270,788

 

313,123

 

133,755

 

Government securities (Note 15)

 

 

586

 

7,980

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

487,365

 

475,697

 

312,196

 

 

34.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS BY CATEGORY (All amounts are in TZS’ Millions)

 

 

 

Loans and

 

Held to

 

Available-

 

 

 

At 31 December 2014

 

receivables

 

maturity

 

for- sale

 

Total

 

Financial assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with Central Banks

 

549,570

 

 

 

549,570

 

Loans and advances to banks

 

294,626

 

 

 

294,626

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

2,545,296

 

 

 

2,545,296

 

Government securities

 

 

540,153

 

54,432

 

594,585

 

Equity investment

 

 

 

2,280

 

 

 

Other assets

 

41,099

 

 

 

 

41,099

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,430,591

 

540,153

 

56,712

 

4,025,176

 

 

 

 

Financial

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

liabilities at fair

 

liabilities at

 

 

 

 

 

value through

 

amortised

 

 

 

At 31 December 2014

 

profit or loss

 

cost

 

Total

 

Financial liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits from banks

 

 

94,594

 

94,594

 

Deposits customers

 

 

3,390,921

 

3,390,921

 

Other liabilities

 

 

87,854

 

87,854

 

Short term borrowings

 

 

43,249

 

43,249

 

Subordinated debt

 

 

31,333

 

31,333

 

Senior debts

 

 

96,589

 

96,589

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,744,540

 

3,744,540

 

 

 

 

Loans and

 

Held to

 

Available-

 

 

 

At 31 December 2013

 

receivables

 

maturity

 

for- sale

 

Total

 

Financial assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with Central Banks

 

506,222

 

 

 

506,222

 

Loans and advances to banks

 

317,923

 

 

 

317,923

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

1,993,106

 

 

 

1, 993,106

 

Government securities

 

 

540,064

 

29,245

 

569,309

 

Equity investment

 

 

 

2,280

 

2,280

 

Other assets

 

30,046

 

 

 

30,046

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,847,297

 

540,064

 

31,525

 

3,418,886

 

 

90



 

I.     NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

34.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS BY CATEGORY (All amounts are in TZS’ Millions) (Continued)

 

 

 

Financial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

liabilities at

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

fair value

 

liabilities at

 

 

 

 

 

through

 

amortised

 

 

 

At 31 December 2013

 

profit or loss

 

cost

 

Total

 

Financial liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits from banks

 

 

53,940

 

53,940

 

Deposits customers

 

 

3,024,429

 

3,024,429

 

Other liabilities

 

 

38,051

 

38,051

 

Short term borrowings

 

 

39,689

 

39,689

 

 

 

 

3,156,109

 

3,156,109

 

 

 

 

Loans and

 

Held to

 

Available-

 

 

 

At 31 December 2012

 

receivables

 

maturity

 

for- sale

 

Total

 

Financial assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with Central Banks

 

472,641

 

 

 

472,641

 

Loans and advances to banks

 

137,082

 

 

 

137,082

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

1,806,865

 

 

 

1,806,865

 

Government securities

 

 

515,327

 

12,291

 

527,618

 

Equity investment

 

 

 

1,200

 

1,200

 

Other assets

 

12,590

 

 

 

12,590

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,429,178

 

515,327

 

13,491

 

2,957,996

 

 

 

 

Financial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

liabilities at

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

fair value

 

liabilities at

 

 

 

 

 

through

 

amortised

 

 

 

At 31 December 2012

 

profit or loss

 

cost

 

Total

 

Financial liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits from banks

 

 

135,580

 

135,580

 

Deposits customers

 

 

2,591,033

 

2,591,033

 

Other liabilities

 

 

29,544

 

29,544

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,756,157

 

2,756,157

 

 

35.  CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

Guarantees and indemnities

 

168,327

 

194,365

 

60,589

 

Letters of credit

 

413,677

 

477,838

 

164,060

 

Outward foreign bills for collection

 

 

13

 

25

 

Interest payable-FSDT Borrowing

 

 

594

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

582,004

 

672,810

 

224,674

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Litigation against the Group

 

 

2,978

 

1,171

 

 

Letters of credit are commitments by the Bank to make payments to third parties, on production of agreed documents on behalf of customers and are reimbursed by the customers.

 

91



 

I.     NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

35.  CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

 

Guarantees and indemnities are generally issued by the Bank, on behalf of customers, to guarantee performance by customers to third parties. The Bank will only be required to meet these obligations in the event of default by the customer.

 

The Group is, in the normal course of business involved in a number of court cases. The Group has taken appropriate legal measures to defend its position. Appropriate provisions have been made by the Group for the liabilities arising as disclosed in note 30. Contingent liabilities arise for cases for which the outcome cannot be reliably determined as at the date of signing these financial statements.

 

36.  COMMITMENTS

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments to extend credit

 

159,777

 

217,833

 

221,488

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Authorised and contracted for

 

13,577

 

14,905

 

13,731

 

Authorised and not yet contracted for

 

5,246

 

8,277

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,823

 

23,182

 

13,731

 

 

Capital commitments authorised and contracted for are in respect of (i) construction/refurbishment cost for branches/service centres; Kariakoo, Temeke, SAUT, Buzuruga, Ngara, Serengeti, Gairo, Bunda and Nzega.

 

(ii) Purchase of various equipment: Air Conditioner for various branches and Head office departments, IBM servers, Network review project, finalization of phase II, Video conference, inverters batteries, and various network equipments.

 

Operating lease commitments

 

The future minimum lease payments of the Group (lessee) under operating leases are as follows:

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than 1 year

 

5,880

 

2,899

 

2,846

 

More than 1 year but less than 5 years

 

13,850

 

7,056

 

1,258

 

More than 5 years

 

2,001

 

533

 

4,081

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

21,731

 

10,488

 

8,185

 

 

The Group leases various branch premises and offices under non-cancellable operating lease agreements. The lease terms are between 1 and 7 years, and the majority of lease agreements are renewable at the end of the lease period at market rate.

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

Group as a lessor

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rent received in the year

 

110

 

86

 

113

 

 

92



 

I.     NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

36.  COMMITMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Rental income commitments

 

The Group sublets unutilized office space to earn rental income. The leases cover a period of one year with an option to renew after expiry. As at 31 December 2014 there was no unexpired lease for existing contracts (2013: 109 million; 2012 Nil).

 

37.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Parties are considered to be related if one party has the ability to control the other party or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial or operational decisions.

 

In the normal course of business, a number of banking transactions are entered into with related parties’ i.e. key management staff, Directors, their associates and companies associated with Directors. These include loans and deposits. Loans and advances to customers as at 31 December include loans and advances to Directors, other key management personnel and companies associated with Directors.

 

The volume of related party transactions for the year and the outstanding amounts at the year-end are as follows:

 

 

 

Companies associated with

 

Directors and other key

 

 

 

Directors

 

management personnel

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

Loans and advances to related parties

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January

 

8

 

68

 

128

 

4,249

 

3,860

 

1,960

 

Net movement during the year

 

19

 

(60

)

(60

)

(158

)

389

 

1,900

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December

 

27

 

8

 

68

 

4,091

 

4,249

 

3,860

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest earned

 

5

 

6

 

9

 

244

 

220

 

201

 

 

These loans and advances are performing and therefore no provisions have been made during the year (2013: Nil).

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

Deposits from related parties

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January

 

1,922

 

1,824

 

806

 

1,048

 

1,116

 

789

 

Net movement during the year

 

(694

)

98

 

1,018

 

1,650

 

(68

)

327

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December

 

1,228

 

1,922

 

1,824

 

2,698

 

1,048

 

1,116

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

3

 

24

 

11

 

30

 

8

 

9

 

 

93



 

I.     NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

37.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transactions with related companies were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments made on behalf of subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CRDB Microfinance Company Services Ltd

 

570

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rent paid to the parent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CRDB Microfinance Company Services Ltd

 

141

 

110

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commission paid for loans and deposit mobilisation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CRDB Microfinance Company Services Ltd

 

13,875

 

12,139

 

 

 

Guarantee

 

In the year ending 31 December 2014, there was no guarantee given or received to/from any related party (2013; 2012: NIL).

 

Compensation of Key Management Personnel

 

Key management personnel comprise Board of directors, Managing Director, Deputy Managing Directors, and heads of departments who are reporting directly to the Managing Director and Deputy Managing Directors.

 

The remuneration of key management personnel during the year was as follows:

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term employee benefits

 

5,093

 

3,729

 

3,453

 

Post-employment benefits

 

1,267

 

1,416

 

1,139

 

Directors’ fees

 

453

 

376

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,813

 

5,521

 

4,592

 

 

The above compensation is a total salary package including all employment benefits and pension. Details of payment of directors’ fees to individual directors will be tabled at the annual general meeting.

 

94



 

J.     FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

 

The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks and those activities involve the analysis, evaluation, acceptance and management of some degree of risk or combination of risks. Taking risk is core to the financial business, and the operational risks are an inevitable consequence of being in business. The Group’s aim is therefore to achieve an appropriate balance between risk and return and minimize potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance.

 

The Group’s risk management policies are designed to identify and analyze these risks, to set appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor the risks and adherence to limits by means of reliable and up-to-date information systems. The Group regularly reviews its risk management policies and systems to reflect changes in markets, products and emerging best practice.

 

The Board of Directors has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Group’s risk management framework. As part of it’s governance structure, the Board of Directors has embedded a comprehensive risk management framework for identifying, measuring, controlling (setting risk mitigations) and monitoring of the Group’s risks. The policies are integrated in the overall management information systems of the Group and supplemented by a management reporting structure.

 

Risk management policies and systems are reviewed regularly to reflect changes in market conditions, products and services offered, and emerging best practice.

 

The Group, through its training and management standards and procedures, aims to develop a disciplined and constructive control environment, in which all employees / stakeholders understand their roles and obligations. The Board’s Credit Committee, Governance, Human Resource, Risk Management Committee, and Audit Committee are responsible for monitoring compliance with the Group’s risk management policies and procedures, and review of the adequacy of risk management framework in relation to the risks faced by the Group. These committees are assisted in these functions by various management committees which undertake both regular and ad-hoc reviews of risk management controls and procedures, the results of which are reported to the Board.

 

The most important type of risks are:

 

·      Credit risk

·      Liquidity risk

·      Market risk

 

The notes below provide detailed information on each of the above risks and the Group’s objectives, policies and processes for measuring and managing risk, and the Group’s management of capital.

 

1.     Credit risk

 

The Group and the Bank take on exposure to credit risk, which is the risk that counterparty will cause a financial loss to the Group and the Bank by failing to discharge an obligation. Credit risk is the most important risk for the Group’s business; management therefore carefully manages its exposure to credit risk. Credit exposures arise principally from lending activities that lead to loans and advances, investment activities that bring debt securities and other bills in the Group’s and Bank’s asset portfolio. There is also credit risk in the off-balance sheet financial instruments, such as loan commitments, letters of credit and guarantees.

 

The credit risk management and control are centralised under the credit risk management team of the Bank and reported to the Board of Directors and management regularly.

 

95



 

J.     FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

 

1.     Credit risk (continued)

 

1.1    Credit risk measurement

 

(a)   Loans and advances

 

In measuring credit risk of loan and advances to customers and to banks at a counterparty level, the Group reflect three components (i) the ‘probability of default’ by the client or counterparty on its contractual obligations and (ii) current exposures to the counterparty and its likely future development, from which the Group derives the ‘exposure at default’.

 

These credit risk measurements, which reflect expected loss (the ‘expected loss model’), are embedded in the Banks’ daily operational management. The operational measurements can be contrasted with impairment allowances required under IAS 39, which are based on losses that have been incurred at the statement of financial position date (the ‘incurred loss model’) rather than expected losses.

 

(i)  The Group assess the probability of default of individual counterparties using internal rating tools tailored to the various categories of counterparty in line with the Bank of Tanzania (BoT) guidelines. Customers of the Banks’ are segmented into five rating classes. The Group’s rating scale, which is shown below, reflects the range of default probabilities defined for each rating class. This means that, in principle, exposures migrate between classes as the assessment of their probability of default changes.

 

Group’s internal ratings scale

 

Group’s rating

 

Description of the grade

1

 

Current

2

 

Especially Mentioned

3

 

Sub-standard

4

 

Doubtful

5

 

Loss

 

(ii)  Exposure at default is based on the amounts the Group or Bank expects to be owed at the time of default. For example, for a loan this is the face value. For a commitment, the Group includes any amount already drawn plus the further amount that may have been drawn by the time of default, should it occur.

 

1.2 Risk limit control and mitigation policies

 

The Group and Bank manages limits and controls concentrations of credit risk wherever they are identified, in particular, to individual counterparties and groups, and to industries. The Group structures the levels of credit risk they undertakes by placing limits on the amount of risk accepted in relation to one borrower, or Groups of borrowers, and to industry segments. Such risks are monitored on a revolving basis and subject to an annual or more frequent review, when considered necessary.

 

The exposure to any one borrower including banks is further restricted by sub-limits covering on- and off-balance sheet exposures. Actual exposures against limits are monitored daily. Exposure to credit risk is also managed through regular analysis of the ability of borrowers and potential borrowers to meet interest and capital repayment obligations and by changing these lending limits, where appropriate.

 

Some other specific control and mitigation measures are outlined below.

 

(a) Collateral

 

The Group employ a range of policies and practices to mitigate credit risk. The most traditional of these is the taking of security for funds advanced, which is common practice. The

 

96



 

J.     FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

 

1.   Credit risk (continued)

 

1.2 Risk limit control and mitigation policies (continued)

 

Group implement guidelines on the acceptability of specific classes of collateral or credit risk mitigation. The principal collateral types for loans and advances are:

 

·   Mortgages over residential properties;

·   Charges over business assets such as premises inventory and accounts receivable;

·   Charges over financial instruments such as debt securities and equities.

 

In order to minimise the credit loss the Group will seek additional collateral from the counterparty as soon as impairment indicators are noticed for the relevant individual loans and advances.

 

(b) Credit-related commitments

 

The primary purpose of these instruments is to ensure that funds are available to a customer as required. Guarantees and standby letters of credit carry the same credit risk as loans. Documentary and commercial letters of credit - which are written undertakings on behalf of a customer authorising a third party to draw drafts on a bank up to a stipulated amount under specific terms and conditions - are collateralised by the underlying shipments of goods to which they relate and therefore carry less risk than a direct loan.

 

Commitments to extend credit represent unused portions of authorisations to extend credit in the form of loans, guarantees or letters of credit. With respect to credit risk on commitments to extend credit, the Group are potentially exposed to loss in amounts equal to the total unused commitments.

 

However, the likely amount of loss is less than the total unused commitments, as most commitments to extend credit are contingent upon customers maintaining specific credit standards. The Group monitors the term to maturity of credit commitments because longer-term commitments generally have a greater degree of credit risk than shorter-term commitments.

 

(c) Lending limits (for derivatives and settlement risk)

 

The Group maintain strict control limits on net derivative positions (i.e difference between purchases and sales contracts), by both amount and term. At any one time, the amount subject to credit risk is limited to the current fair value of instruments that are favourable to the Group (i.e assets where their fair value is positive), which in relation to derivatives is only a small fraction of the contract, or notional values used to express the volume of instruments outstanding. This credit risk exposure is managed as part of the overall lending limits with customers, together with potential exposures from market movements. Collateral or other security is not usually obtained for credit risk exposures on these instruments, except where the Bank requires margin deposits from counterparties.

 

Settlement risk arises in any situation where a payment in cash, securities or equities is made in the expectation of a corresponding receipt in cash, securities or equities. Daily settlement limits have been established for each counterparty to cover the aggregate of all settlement risk arising from the Bank’s market transactions on any single day.

 

97



 

J.     FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

 

1.   Credit risk (continued)

 

1.3 Impairment and provisioning policies

 

The Group establish an allowance for impairment losses that represents its estimate of incurred losses in its loan portfolio. These allowances are a specific loss component that relates to individual exposures and a collective loan loss allowance established for Groups of homogeneous assets in respect of losses that have been incurred but have not been identified on loans subject to individual assessment for impairment.

 

1.4  Maximum exposure to credit risk before collateral held or other credit enhancements

 

Financial instruments whose carrying amounts do not represent the maximum exposure to credit risk without taking account of any collateral held or other credit enhancements has been shown below:-

 

Group Credit exposures

 

2014

 

%

 

2013

 

%

 

2012

 

%

 

On Balance sheet item:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances and Central Bank

 

549,570

 

12

 

506,222

 

12

 

352,484

 

11

 

Loans and advances to banks

 

294,626

 

6

 

317,923

 

7

 

137,082

 

4

 

Government securities

 

594,585

 

13

 

569,321

 

13

 

527,618

 

16

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

2,545,296

 

56

 

1,993,106

 

48

 

1,806,865

 

55

 

Other assets

 

40,789

 

1

 

30,046

 

 

26,082

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,475,296

 

88

 

2,910,396

 

80

 

2,850,131

 

86

 

Off balance sheet items:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantees and indemnities

 

168,327

 

3

 

194,365

 

4

 

60,589

 

2

 

Letters of credit

 

413,677

 

9

 

477,838

 

16

 

164,060

 

5

 

 

 

582,004

 

12

 

672,203

 

20

 

224,649

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,057,300

 

100

 

3,582,599

 

100

 

3,299,429

 

100

 

 

*Other assets (excludes prepayments, stock and advance capital as they are not financial assets).

 

The total maximum exposure for the Group is derived from loans and advances to customers and loans and advances to banks at 91.1% (2013: 86.2%2012: 92.9%) and 8.9% (2013: 13.8% 2012: 7.1%) respectively. The total maximum exposure for the bank is derived from loans and advances to customers and loans and advances to banks at 91.1% (2013: 86.3% 2012: 93.0%) and 8.9% (2013: 13.7% 2012: 7.0%) respectively.

 

The directors are confident in the ability to continue to control and sustain minimal exposure of credit risk to the Group resulting from the loan and advances portfolio as corporate loans which represents the greatest Group in the portfolio are backed by collaterals.

 

98



 

J.     FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

 

1.   Credit risk (continued)

 

1.5 Loans and advances

 

Loans and advances are summarised as follows:

 

 

 

31 December 2014

 

31 December 2013

 

31 December 2012

 

 

 

Loans and

 

Loans and

 

Loans and

 

Loans and

 

Loans and

 

Loans and

 

 

 

advances to

 

advances

 

advances to

 

advances

 

advances to

 

advances

 

 

 

customers

 

to banks

 

customers

 

to banks

 

customers

 

to banks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Neither past due nor impaired

 

2,392,578

 

294,626

 

1,845,259

 

317,923

 

1,641,186

 

137,082

 

Past due but not impaired

 

54,317

 

 

56,824

 

 

73,568

 

 

Impaired

 

129,247

 

 

126,307

 

 

124,586

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,576,142

 

294,626

 

2,028,390

 

317,923

 

1,839,340

 

137,082

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: Allowances for impairment

 

(30,846

)

 

(35,284

)

 

(32,475

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net

 

2,545,296

 

294,626

 

1,993,106

 

317,923

 

1,806,865

 

137,082

 

 

(a) Loans and advances neither past due nor impaired

 

The portfolio of loans and advances that were neither past due nor impaired are classified as current. These fall into the following categories: (Amounts in TZS’ Millions).

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MFI’s

 

150,878

 

140,558

 

176,401

 

Consumer

 

521,237

 

272,696

 

215,634

 

SMEs

 

263,448

 

159,389

 

112,048

 

Corporate

 

1,457,015

 

1,272,616

 

1,137,103

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

2,392,578

 

1,845,259

 

1,641,186

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advance to banks

 

294,626

 

317,923

 

137,082

 

 

b) Loans and advances past due but not impaired

 

Loans and advances less than 90 days past due are not considered impaired, unless other information is available to indicate the contrary. Gross amount of loans and advances, by class, to customers that were past due but not impaired were as follows:

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MFI’s

 

4,763

 

6,254

 

3,770

 

Consumer

 

16,978

 

10,280

 

6,821

 

SMEs

 

6,545

 

5,148

 

6,921

 

Corporate

 

26,030

 

35,142

 

56,056

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

54,316

 

56,824

 

73,568

 

 

99



 

J.     FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

 

1.   Credit risk (continued)

 

1.5 Loans and advances (continued)

 

Gross amount of loans and advances, by number of days past due but not impaired were as follows:

 

(Amounts are in TZS’ Million)

 

31 December 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Past due up

 

Past due

 

Past due

 

Grand

 

 

 

to 30 days

 

30 - 60 days

 

60-90 days

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MFI’s

 

1,305

 

2,545

 

913

 

4,763

 

Consumer

 

754

 

12,947

 

3,277

 

16,957

 

SME’s

 

370

 

4,153

 

2,021

 

6,566

 

Corporate

 

7,000

 

3,058

 

15,973

 

26,031

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

9,429

 

22,703

 

22,184

 

54,316

 

 

b) Loans and advances past due but not impaired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31 December 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Past due up

 

Past due

 

Past due

 

Grand

 

 

 

to 30 days

 

30 - 60 days

 

60-90 days

 

Total

 

MFI’s

 

1,496

 

3,100

 

1,656

 

6,253

 

Consumer

 

576

 

7,441

 

2,263

 

10,280

 

SME’s

 

1,134

 

2,930

 

1,084

 

5,148

 

Corporate

 

6,701

 

4,517

 

23,925

 

35,142

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,907

 

17,988

 

28,929

 

56,824

 

 

31 December 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Past due up

 

Past due

 

Past due

 

Grand

 

 

 

to 30 days

 

30 - 60 days

 

60-90 days

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MFI’s

 

164

 

3,204

 

858

 

4,226

 

Consumer

 

107

 

4,514

 

2,212

 

6,832

 

SME’s

 

3,323

 

1,928

 

1,664

 

6,914

 

Corporate

 

27,346

 

5,901

 

22,348

 

55,595

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

30,940

 

15,546

 

27,082

 

73,568

 

 

c) Impaired loans and advances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The breakdown of the gross amount of individually impaired loans and advances by class are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

TZS’

 

 

 

 

 

Million

 

Million

 

Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MFI’s

 

 

 

5,723

 

8,298

 

10,956

 

Consumer

 

 

 

11,035

 

7,492

 

8,407

 

SMEs

 

 

 

9,362

 

6,873

 

10,208

 

Corporate

 

 

 

103,127

 

103,644

 

95,015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

129,247

 

126,307

 

124,586

 

 

100



 

J.     FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

 

1.   Credit risk (continued)

 

1.5 Loans and advances (continued)

 

There were no individually impaired loans and advances to banks as at 31 December 2014 (2013, 2012: Nil).

 

1.6  Investment securities

 

The investment securities held by the Group comprise treasury bills and bonds issued by the Government and Tanzania Mortgage Refinancing Company (TMRC)’s shares. All these investments were considered to be neither past due nor impaired. These investment securities are held with the Government or institutions with good financial standing and no history of default.

 

101



 

J.     FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

 

1.     Credit risk (continued)

 

1.7    Concentration of risks of financial assets with credit risk exposure

 

The following tables break down the Group’s main credit exposure at their carrying amounts, as categorised by industry sector and geographical sectors as of 31 December 2014.

 

Industry sectors

 

(Amounts are in TZS’ Million)

 

Credit exposures as at

 

Financial

 

 

 

 

 

Transport and

 

Hotel and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31 December 2014

 

institutions

 

Manufacturing

 

Trading

 

communication

 

restaurant

 

Agriculture

 

Individuals

 

Others

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On Balance sheet items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances with Central Banks

 

386,237

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

386,237

 

Loans and advances to banks

 

294,626

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

294,626

 

Government securities

 

594,585

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

594,585

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

96,000

 

205,092

 

399,064

 

206,162

 

119,464

 

462,070

 

536,928

 

520,516

 

2,545,296

 

Other assets*

 

12,211

 

 

 

 

 

28,715

 

 

 

 

 

173

 

 

 

41,099

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,383,659

 

205,092

 

399,064

 

206,162

 

119,464

 

462,070

 

536,928

 

520,516

 

3,861,843

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Off-Balance sheet items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantees and indemnities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

168,327

 

168,327

 

Letters of credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

413,677

 

413,677

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

582,004

 

582,004

 

 


For the purpose of financial instruments disclosure:

* Other assets (excludes prepayments, stock and advance capital as they are not financial assets)

 

102



 

J.     FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

 

1.     Credit risk (continued)

 

1.7  Concentration of risks of financial assets with credit risk exposure (continued)

 

(Amounts are in TZS’ Million)

 

Credit exposures as at

 

Financial

 

 

 

 

 

Transport and

 

Hotel and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31 December 2013

 

institutions

 

Manufacturing

 

Trading

 

communication

 

restaurant

 

Agriculture

 

Individuals

 

Others

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On Balance sheet items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances with Central Banks

 

377,022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

377,022

 

Loans and advances to banks

 

317,923

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

317,923

 

Government securities

 

569,146

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

569,146

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

92,955

 

222,785

 

260,823

 

206,242

 

108,398

 

378,540

 

281,300

 

442,063

 

1,993,106

 

Other assets*

 

30,046

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,046

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,387,092

 

222,785

 

260,823

 

206,242

 

108,398

 

378,540

 

281,300

 

442,063

 

3,287,243

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Off-Balance sheet items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantees and indemnities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

194,365

 

194,365

 

Letters of credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

477,838

 

477,838

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

672,203

 

672,203

 

 

103



 

J.     FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

 

1.     Credit risk (continued)

 

1.7    Concentration of risks of financial assets with credit risk exposure (continued)

 

(Amounts are in TZS’ Million)

 

Credit exposures as at

 

Financial

 

 

 

 

 

Transport and

 

Hotel and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31 December 2013

 

institutions

 

Manufacturing

 

Trading

 

communication

 

restaurant

 

Agriculture

 

Individuals

 

Others

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On Balance sheet items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances with Central Banks

 

352,484

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

352,484

 

Loans and advances to banks

 

137,082

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

137,082

 

Government securities

 

527,618

 

 

 

 

 

 

232,543

 

 

527,618

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

 

179,322

 

209,734

 

140,851

 

108,014

 

438,240

 

 

498,161

 

1,806,865

 

Other assets*

 

26,082

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26,082

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,043,266

 

179,322

 

209,734

 

140,851

 

108,014

 

438,240

 

232,543

 

498,161

 

2,850,131

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Off-Balance sheet items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantees and indemnities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

60,589

 

60,589

 

Letters of credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

164,060

 

164,060

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

224,649

 

224,649

 

 

104



 

J.     FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

 

1.     Credit risk (continued)

 

1.7  Concentration of risks of financial assets with credit risk exposure (continued)

 

For these tables, the Group have allocated exposures to regions based on the country of domicile of its counterparties.

 

(b) Geographical sectors

 

(Amounts are in TZS’ Million)

 

Year ended 31 December 2014

 

Tanzania

 

Europe

 

America

 

Others

 

Total

 

On Balance sheet items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances with Central Banks

 

386,237

 

 

 

 

386,237

 

Loans and advances to banks

 

86,027

 

100,563

 

93,916

 

14,120

 

294,626

 

Government securities

 

594,585

 

 

 

 

 

594,585

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

2,545,296

 

 

 

 

2,545,296

 

Other assets

 

41,099

 

 

 

 

41,099

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,653,244

 

100,563

 

93,916

 

14,120

 

3,861,843

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Off balance sheet items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantees and indemnities

 

168,327

 

 

 

 

168,327

 

Letters of credit

 

413,677

 

 

 

 

413,677

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

582,004

 

 

 

 

582,004

 

 

105



 

J.     FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

 

1.     Credit risk (continued)

 

1.7  Concentration of risks of financial assets with credit risk exposure (continued)

 

For these tables, the Group have allocated exposures to regions based on the country of domicile of its counterparties.

 

Geographical sectors

 

(Amounts are in TZS’ Million)

 

Year ended 31 December 2013

 

Tanzania

 

Europe

 

America

 

Others

 

Total

 

On Balance sheet items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances with Central Banks

 

371,098

 

 

 

5,924

 

377,022

 

Loans and advances to banks

 

111,819

 

45,873

 

153,870

 

6,361

 

317,923

 

Government securities

 

556,751

 

 

 

12,570

 

569,321

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

1,993,106

 

 

 

 

1,993,106

 

Other assets

 

30,046

 

 

 

 

30,046

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,062,820

 

45,873

 

153,870

 

24,855

 

3,287,418

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Off balance sheet items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantees and indemnities

 

194,365

 

 

 

 

194,365

 

Letters of credit

 

477,838

 

 

 

 

477,838

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

672,203

 

 

 

 

672,203

 

 

106



 

J.     FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

 

1.     Credit risk (continued)

 

1.7Concentration of risks of financial assets with credit risk exposure (continued)

 

(Amounts are in TZS’ Million)

 

Year ended 31 December 2012

 

Tanzania

 

Europe

 

America

 

Others

 

Total

 

On Balance sheet items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances with Central Bank

 

349,868

 

 

 

2,616

 

352,484

 

Loans and advances to banks

 

69,675

 

45,001

 

20,874

 

1,532

 

137,082

 

Government securities

 

518,654

 

 

 

8,964

 

527,539

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

1,806,865

 

 

 

 

1,806,865

 

Other assets

 

26,082

 

 

 

 

26,082

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,771,144

 

45,001

 

20,874

 

13,112

 

2,850,052

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Off balance sheet items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantees and indemnities

 

60,589

 

 

 

 

60,589

 

Letters of credit

 

164,060

 

 

 

 

164,060

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

224,649

 

 

 

 

224,649

 

 

107



 

J.     FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

 

1.     Market risk

 

The Group take on exposure to market risks, which is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market prices. Market risks arise from open positions in interest rate, currency and equity products, all of which are exposed to general and specific market movements and changes in the level of volatility of market rates or prices such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates and equity prices. The Bank separates exposures to market risk into either trading or non-trading portfolios.

 

The market risks are concentrated in Bank Treasury and monitored by the Risk and Compliance department separately. Regular reports are submitted to the Board of Directors and Management. Trading portfolios include those positions arising from market-making transactions where the Bank acts as principal with clients or with the market. Non-trading portfolios primarily arise from the interest rate management of the Bank’s retail and commercial banking assets and liabilities, and available-for-sale financial assets.

 

(a) Market risk measurement techniques

 

The objective of market risk measurement is to manage and control market risk exposures within acceptable limits while optimising the return on risk. The Bank Risk and Compliance department is responsible for the development of detailed risk management policies while Treasury is responsible for day-to-day implementation of those policies.

 

The Bank applies interest rate gap coupled with Earning at Risk and stress testing analysis in measuring exposure to market risk for the purpose of managing and controlling market risk exposures within acceptable limits while optimising the return on investment.

 

Stress tests

 

Stress tests provide an indication of the potential size of losses that could arise in extreme or worst case conditions. The Bank applies risk factor stress testing, where stress movements are applied to each risk category.

 

The Bank carries out stress testing semi-annually to determine whether it has enough capital to withstand adverse developments. This is for the purpose of alerting the Bank’s Management to unfavourable unexpected outcomes related to various risks and provides an indication of how much capital might be needed to absorb losses should large shocks occur. The results are meant to indicate weak spots in the risks tested at an early stage and to guide preventative actions by the Bank. Stress testing is done to supplement the Bank’s other risk management approaches and measures.

 

The stress tests summary using financial data as at 31 December 2014 is summarised below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impact on

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

profit or loss

 

Risk type

 

Type of shock

 

Shock rate

 

TZS’million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit risk

 

Increase in NPL (based on equal migration)

 

30

%

(30,829

)

Interest rate risk

 

Change in interest rate

 

5

%

(88,356

)

Liquidity risk

 

Run off of deposits

 

15

%

(81,511

)

Operational risk

 

Fraud and other losses

 

3

%

(85,178

)

 

The results of the stress test showed that the Bank would be in appliance with current regulatory minimum core and total capital requirements should the stressed scenarious /shocks occur at the same time.

 

108



 

J.     FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

 

2.     Market risk (continued)

 

2.1    Foreign exchange risk (continued)

 

The Group takes on exposure to the effects of fluctuations in the prevailing foreign currency exchange rates on its financial position and cash flows. The Board sets limits on the level of exposure by currency and in aggregate for both overnight and intra-day positions, which are monitored daily. With all other variables held constant, a shift in foreign exchange rate by 3% on USD denominated assets and liabilities would have resulted in lower or higher profit after tax of TZS 496 million as at 31 December 2014 (2013: TZS 833 million - 2012: 693 Million).

 

Concentrations of foreign currency risk - on- and off-balance sheet financial instruments.

 

(Amounts are in TZS’ Million)

 

As at 31 December 2014

 

TZS

 

USD

 

EURO

 

GBP

 

BIF

 

Others

 

Total

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with Central Banks

 

497,176

 

41,567

 

2,929

 

1,643

 

6,255

 

 

 

549,570

 

Loans and advances to banks

 

55,095

 

181,836

 

40,284

 

6,166

 

3,463

 

7,782

 

294,626

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

1,744,631

 

749,084

 

1,216

 

 

 

50,365

 

 

2,545,296

 

Government securities

 

566,918

 

 

 

 

27,667

 

 

594,585

 

Other assets*

 

40,580

 

471

 

 

 

48

 

 

41,099

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,904,400

 

972,958

 

44,429

 

7,809

 

87,798

 

7,782

 

4,025,176

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits from customers

 

2,479,309

 

832,724

 

44,209

 

7,234

 

17,738

 

6,770

 

908,678

 

Deposits from banks

 

34,700

 

1,359

 

 

 

58,526

 

8

 

94,593

 

Other liabilities**

 

84,647

 

1,563

 

156

 

(3

)

1,475

 

16

 

87,854

 

Borrowings

 

49,370

 

121,801

 

 

 

 

 

171,171

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,648,026

 

957,447

 

44,365

 

7,231

 

77,739

 

6,794

 

1,262,296

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net on-balance sheet financial position

 

256,374

 

15,511

 

64

 

578

 

10,059

 

988

 

2,762,880

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Off balance sheet commitments

 

125,486

 

438,602

 

15,782

 

2,097

 

 

37

 

582,004

 

 


  *Other assets (excludes prepayments, stock and advances capital as they are not financial assets)

** Other liabilities (excludes differed income and statutory liabilities)

 

109



 

J.     FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

 

2.1    Foreign exchange risk (continued)

 

Concentrations of foreign currency risk - on- and off-balance sheet financial instruments.

 

(Amounts are in TZS’ Million)

 

As at 31 December 2013

 

TZS

 

USD

 

EURO

 

GBP

 

BIF

 

Others

 

Total

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with Central Banks

 

455,644

 

41,780

 

2,647

 

2,857

 

3,294

 

 

506,222

 

Loans and advances to banks

 

61,615

 

220,646

 

28,435

 

2,116

 

33

 

5,078

 

317,923

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

1,393,905

 

594,179

 

782

 

 

 

4,240

 

 

1,993,106

 

Government securities

 

556,576

 

 

 

 

12,570

 

 

569,146

 

Other assets*

 

28,170

 

517

 

 

 

1,359

 

 

30,046

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,495,910

 

857,122

 

31,864

 

4,973

 

21,496

 

5,078

 

3,416,443

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits from customers

 

2,619,199

 

353,763

 

40,664

 

3,094

 

2,990

 

4,720

 

3,024,430

 

Deposits from banks

 

47,508

 

6,350

 

 

 

76

 

6

 

53,940

 

Other liabilities**

 

33,838

 

3,234

 

 

16

 

963

 

 

38,051

 

Borrowings

 

10,267

 

39,689

 

 

 

 

 

49,956

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,710,812

 

403,036

 

40,664

 

3,110

 

4,029

 

4,726

 

3,166,377

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net on-balance sheet financial position

 

(214,902

)

454,086

 

(8,800

)

1,863

 

17,467

 

352

 

250,065

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Off balance sheet commitments

 

164,839

 

494,201

 

12,427

 

1,322

 

 

21

 

672,810

 

 

110



 

J.     FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

 

2.1    Foreign exchange risk (continued)

 

Concentrations of currency risk - on- and off-balance sheet financial instruments.

 

(Amounts are in TZS’ Million)

 

As at 31 December 2012

 

TZS

 

USD

 

EURO

 

GBP

 

BIF

 

Others

 

Total

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with Central Banks

 

420,832

 

44,126

 

3,424

 

1,410

 

2,849

 

 

472,641

 

Loans and advances to banks

 

41,594

 

30,076

 

42,173

 

5,381

 

173

 

17,685

 

137,082

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

1,177,029

 

628,610

 

1,226

 

 

 

 

1,806,865

 

Government securities

 

527,618

 

 

 

 

 

 

527,618

 

Current income tax recoverable

 

2,973

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,973

 

Other assets

 

4,597

 

5,826

 

286

 

65

 

1,816

 

 

12,590

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total financial assets

 

2,174,643

 

708,638

 

47,109

 

6,856

 

4,838

 

17,685

 

2,959,769

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to customers

 

1,949,754

 

569,144

 

46,597

 

6,932

 

1,121

 

17,485

 

2,591,033

 

Deposits from banks

 

26,083

 

109,497

 

 

 

 

 

135,580

 

Other liabilities

 

1,227

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,227

 

Borrowings

 

2,914

 

24,902

 

103

 

(126

)

1,751

 

 

 

29,544

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

 

1,979,978

 

703,543

 

46,700

 

6,806

 

2,872

 

17,485

 

2,757,384

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net on-balance sheet financial position

 

194,665

 

5,095

 

409

 

50

 

1,966

 

200

 

202,385

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Off balance sheet commitments

 

48,391

 

165,870

 

8,983

 

1,350

 

 

81

 

224,675

 

 

111



 

J.     FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

 

2.2    Price risk

 

The Group are not exposed to equity securities price risk as it currently has no investment in listed shares, but is exposed to debt securities price risk classified on the balance sheet as available for sale. If the market price of debt had increased/decreased by 5% with all other variables held constant, the fair value reserve in debt securities would have increased/decreased as a result of gains or losses on debt securities classified as available for sale by TZS 2,653 million as at 31 December 2014 (2013: TZS 1,462 million - 2012: TZS 615 Million).

 

2.3Interest rate risk

 

Cash flow interest rate risk is the risk that the future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. Fair value interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. The Group take on exposure to the effects of fluctuations in the prevailing levels of market interest rates on both its fair value and cash flow risks. Interest margins may increase as a result of such changes but may produce losses in the event that unexpected movements arise. The Bank’s Board sets limits on the level of mismatch of interest rate re-pricing that may be undertaken, which is regularly monitored by an independent Risk and Compliance department and reported regularly to ALCO and the Board.

 

With all other variables held constant, a shift in interest rate by 90 basis points on all interest bearing assets and liabilities would have resulted in lower or higher profit after tax of TZS 405 million as at 31 December 2014 (2013: TZS 7,494 million - 2012: TZS 8,309 Million).

 

112



 

J.     FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

 

2.3Interest rate risk (continued)

 

(Amounts are in TZS Million)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-3

 

3-12

 

1-5

 

 

 

interest

 

 

 

As at 31 December 2014

 

Up to1 month

 

months

 

months

 

years

 

Over 5

 

bearing

 

Total

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with Central banks

 

 

 

 

 

 

549,570

 

549,570

 

Government securities

 

10

 

134,498

 

211,585

 

120,726

 

127,766

 

 

594,585

 

Loans and advances to banks

 

53,914

 

23,844

 

2,400

 

21,041

 

 

193,427

 

294,626

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

93,995

 

245,435

 

520,242

 

1,030,170

 

655,454

 

 

2,545,296

 

Other assets*

 

 

 

 

 

 

41,099

 

41,099

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total financial assets

 

147,919

 

403,777

 

734,227

 

1,171,937

 

783,220

 

784,096

 

4,025,176

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits from Banks

 

94,594

 

 

 

 

 

 

94,594

 

Deposits from customers

 

2,849,989

 

206,935

 

223,208

 

110,789

 

 

 

3,390,921

 

Other liabilities **

 

 

 

 

 

 

87,854

 

87,854

 

Borrowings and Subordinated debt

 

517

 

705

 

44,582

 

53,270

 

72,097

 

 

171,171

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

 

2,945,100

 

207,640

 

267,790

 

164,059

 

72,097

 

87,854

 

3,744,540

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest repricing gap

 

(2,797,181

)

196,137

 

466,437

 

1,007,878

 

711,123

 

 

 

 

 

 


*Other assets (excludes prepayments, stock and advance capital as they are not financial assets)

** Other liabilities (excludes deferred income and statutory liabilities)

 

113



 

J.     FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

 

2.3    Interest rate risk (continued)

 

(Amounts are in TZS Million)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-

 

 

 

 

 

Up to1

 

 

 

3-12

 

1-5

 

 

 

interest

 

 

 

As at 31 December 2013

 

Month

 

1-3 months

 

months

 

years

 

Over 5

 

bearing

 

Total

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with Central banks

 

 

 

 

 

 

506,222

 

506,222

 

Government securities

 

39,876

 

85,764

 

203,616

 

131,347

 

108,543

 

 

569,146

 

Loans and advances to banks

 

67,170

 

 

18,364

 

 

 

232,389

 

317,923

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

29,260

 

133,791

 

495,975

 

751,601

 

582,479

 

 

1,993,106

 

Other assets*

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,046

 

30,046

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total financial assets

 

136,307

 

219,555

 

717,955

 

882,948

 

691,022

 

768,657

 

3,416,443

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits from Banks

 

46,441

 

 

 

 

7,499

 

 

53,940

 

Deposits from customers

 

2,490,354

 

177,033

 

352,814

 

4,228

 

 

 

3,024,429

 

Other liabilities **

 

 

 

 

 

 

38,051

 

38,051

 

Borrowings

 

267

 

 

39,689

 

 

10,000

 

 

49,956

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

 

2,537,062

 

177,033

 

392,503

 

4,228

 

17,499

 

38,051

 

3,166,376

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest repricing gap

 

(2,400,755

)

42,522

 

325,452

 

878,720

 

673,523

 

 

 

 

 

 

114



 

J.     FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

 

2.3    Interest rate risk (continued)

 

(Amounts are in TZS Million)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3-12

 

1-5

 

 

 

interest

 

 

 

As at 31 December 2012

 

Up to1 month

 

1-3 months

 

months

 

years

 

Over 5

 

bearing

 

Total

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with Central banks

 

 

 

 

 

 

472,641

 

472,641

 

Government securities

 

121,510

 

91,218

 

113,746

 

126,573

 

74,571

 

 

527,618

 

Loans and advances to banks

 

83,208

 

40,143

 

13,731

 

 

 

 

137,082

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

406,024

 

333,973

 

489,508

 

409,951

 

167,409

 

 

1,806,865

 

Other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,590

 

12,590

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total financial assets

 

610,742

 

465,334

 

616,985

 

536,524

 

241,980

 

485,231

 

2,956,796

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits from banks

 

135,580

 

 

 

 

 

 

135,580

 

Deposits from customers

 

1,711,650

 

499,522

 

271,863

 

38,636

 

69,362

 

 

2,591,033

 

Other liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

27,487

 

27,487

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

 

1,847,230

 

499,522

 

271,863

 

38,636

 

69,362

 

27,487

 

2,754,100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest repricing gap

 

(1,236,488

)

34,188

 

345,122

 

497,888

 

172,618

 

 

 

 

 

 

115



 

J.                FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

 

3.              Liquidity risk

 

Liquidity risk is the risk that a Bank is unable to meet its payment obligations associated with its financial liabilities when they fall due and to replace funds when they are withdrawn. The consequence may be the failure to meet obligations to repay depositors and fulfil commitments to lend.

 

3.1       Liquidity risk management process

 

The Group’s liquidity management process, as carried out within the Group are monitored by the Asset and Liability Committee (ALCO) of the individual banks, include:

 

·                  Day-to-day funding, managed by monitoring future cash flows to ensure that requirements can be met. These include replenishment of funds as they mature or are borrowed by customers. The Group maintain an active presence in money markets to enable this to happen;

 

·                  Maintaining a portfolio of highly marketable assets that can easily be liquidated as protection against any unforeseen interruption to cash flow;

 

·                  Monitoring balance sheet liquidity ratios against internal and regulatory requirements; and

 

·                  Managing the concentration and profile of debt maturities.

 

Monitoring and reporting take the form of cash flow measurement and projections for the next day, week and month respectively, as these are key periods for liquidity management. The starting point for those projections is an analysis of the contractual maturity of the financial liabilities and the expected collection date of the financial assets (Note 3.3).

 

3.2       Funding approach

 

The Group’s major source of funding is customer deposits. To this end, the Group maintain a diversified and stable funding base comprising current/demand, savings and time deposits. The Group places considerable importance on the stability of these deposits, which is achieved through the Group’s retail banking activities and by maintaining depositor confidence in the Group’s business strategies and financial strength.

 

The Group borrows from the interbank market through transactions with other Banks for short term liquidity requirements. As part of the contingency funding plan, the Group has funding lines with both local and foreign banks for short term funding requirements.

 

3.3       Non-derivative cash flows

 

The tables below present the cash flows payable by the Group under non-derivative financial liabilities by remaining contractual maturities at the balance sheet date. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows, as the Group manage the inherent liquidity risk based on expected undiscounted cash flows.

 

116



 

J.                FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

 

3.              Liquidity risk (continued)

 

3.3 Non-derivative cash flows (continued)

 

Amounts are in TZS Million

 

 

 

Up to1

 

1-3

 

3-12

 

Over 1

 

 

 

As at 31 December 2014

 

month

 

months

 

months

 

year

 

Total

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits from customers

 

2,849,989

 

206,935

 

223,208

 

110,789

 

3,390,921

 

Deposits from banks

 

94,594

 

 

 

 

94,594

 

Borrowings

 

517

 

705

 

44,582

 

125,367

 

171,171

 

Other liabilities**

 

87,854

 

 

 

 

87,854

 

Total financial liabilities (contractual maturity dates)

 

3,032,954

 

207,640

 

267,790

 

236,156

 

3,744,540

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total financial assets (expected maturity dates)

 

1,212,052

 

589,564

 

768,333

 

1,468,389

 

4,038,339

 

 

 

 

Up to1

 

1-3

 

3-12

 

Over 1

 

 

 

As at 31 December 2013

 

month

 

months

 

months

 

year

 

Total

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits from customers

 

2,497,697

 

196,621

 

461,706

 

61,898

 

3,217,922

 

Deposits from banks

 

46,356

 

 

662

 

12,343

 

59,361

 

Borrowings

 

 

 

41,384

 

15,600

 

56,984

 

Other liabilities**

 

38,051

 

 

 

 

38,051

 

Total financial liabilities (contractual maturity dates)

 

2,582,104

 

196,621

 

503,752

 

89,841

 

3,372,318

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total financial assets (expected maturity dates)

 

907,774

 

228,441

 

772,027

 

1,862,991

 

3,771,233

 

 

 

 

Up to1

 

1-3

 

3-12

 

Over 1

 

 

 

As at 31 December 2012

 

month

 

months

 

months

 

year

 

Total

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits from customers

 

1,710,823

 

500,084

 

274,347

 

114,759

 

2,600,013

 

Deposits from banks

 

135,651

 

 

 

 

135,651

 

Other liabilities**

 

29,544

 

 

 

 

29,544

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities (contractual maturity dates)

 

1,876,018

 

500,084

 

274,347

 

114,759

 

2,765,208

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total financial assets (expected maturity dates)

 

1,093,964

 

428,311

 

678,281

 

587,334

 

2,787,890

 

 


** Other liabilities (excludes differed income and statutory liabilities)

 

Assets available to meet all of the liabilities and to cover outstanding loan commitments include cash, central bank balances, items in the course of collection and treasury and other eligible bills; loans and advances to banks; and loans and advances to customers. In the normal course of business, a proportion of customer loans contractually repayable within one year will be extended. The Group would also be able to meet unexpected net cash outflows by selling securities and accessing additional funding sources such as asset-backed markets.

 

117



 

J.                FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

 

3.              Liquidity risk (continued)

 

3.4                 Collateral

 

The Group has pledged part of its Treasury bills and bonds in order to fulfil the collateral requirements of various short term borrowings from other banks. At 31 December 2014 and 2013, the fair values of the Treasury bills and bonds pledged were TZS.140,848 million and TZS 99,316 million and TZS 20,644 million respectively. The counterparties have an obligation to return the securities to the Group. The Group also holds Treasury Bills and Bonds amounting TZS 14,650 Million as at 31 December 2014 (2013: TZS 40,765, 2012: Nil) in respects of Short term borrowings extended to banks. The Group has an obligation to return the Securities to the counterparties upon settlement of the loans. There are no other significant terms and conditions associated with the use of collateral

 

3.5                 Off-balance sheet items

 

(a) Loan commitments

 

The dates of the contractual amounts of the Group’s off-balance sheet financial instruments that commit it to extend credit to customers and other facilities (Note 38), are summarised in the table below.

 

(b) Financial guarantees and other financial facilities

 

Financial guarantees are included below based on the earliest contractual maturity date.

 

3.5                 Off-balance sheet items

 

(c) Operating lease commitments

 

Where the Group are the lessee, the future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases, are summarised below.

 

(d) Investment commitments

 

Investment commitment is with respect to additional equity investment in the subsidiary.

 

(e) Capital commitments

 

These relate to the acquisition of property and equipment.

 

Summary of off-balance sheet items:

 

(Amounts are in TZS Million)

 

 

 

 

 

 

No later

 

1 - 5

 

Over 5

 

 

 

 

 

than 1 year

 

years

 

years

 

Total

 

As at 31 December 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding letters of credit

 

379,361

 

34,316

 

 

413,677

 

Guarantees and indemnities

 

105,911

 

62,416

 

 

168,327

 

Commitments to extend credit

 

156,834

 

 

 

156,834

 

Operating lease commitments

 

5,880

 

13,850

 

2,001

 

21,731

 

Capital commitments

 

13,577

 

 

 

13,577

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at 31 December 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding letters of credit

 

406,162

 

71,676

 

 

477,838

 

Guarantees and indemnities

 

155,492

 

38,873

 

 

194,365

 

Commitments to extend credit

 

217,833

 

 

 

217,833

 

Operating lease commitments

 

2,899

 

7,056

 

534

 

10,489

 

Capital commitments

 

14,905

 

 

 

14,905

 

 

118



 

J.                FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

 

3.              Liquidity risk (continued)

 

3.5                 Off-balance sheet items (continued)

 

 

 

No later

 

1 - 5

 

Over 5

 

 

 

As at 31 December 2012

 

than 1 year

 

years

 

years

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding letters of credit

 

162,530

 

1,530

 

 

164,060

 

Guarantees and indemnities

 

59,333

 

1,236

 

20

 

60,589

 

Commitments to extend credit

 

221,488

 

 

 

221,488

 

Operating lease commitments

 

2,846

 

1,258

 

4,081

 

8,185

 

Capital commitments

 

13,731

 

 

 

13,731

 

 

4.              Fair value of financial assets and liabilities

 

(a)         Financial instruments not measured at fair value

 

The fair value of financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value approximate carrying amounts for Group.

 

(i) Loans and advances to banks

 

Loans and advances to banks include inter-bank placements and items in the course of collection. The carrying amount of floating rate placements and overnight deposits is a reasonable approximation of fair value.

 

The estimated fair value of fixed interest bearing deposits is based on discounted cash flows using prevailing money-market interest rates for debts with similar credit risk and remaining maturity.

 

(ii) Loans and advances to customers

 

Loans and advances are net of charges for impairment. The estimated fair value of loans and advances represents the discounted amount of estimated future cash flows expected to be received. Expected cash flows are discounted at current market rates to determine fair value.

 

(iii) Investment securities

 

The fair value for held-to-maturity assets is based on market prices. Where this information is not available, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for securities with similar credit, maturity and yield characteristics. The carrying amount is a reasonable approximation of fair value.

 

(iv) Deposits from banks and due to customers

 

The estimated fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, which includes non-interest bearing deposits, is the amount repayable on demand.

 

The estimated fair value of interest-bearing deposits not quoted in an active market is based on discounted cash flows using interest rates for new debts with similar remaining maturity. The carrying amount is a reasonable approximation of fair value.

 

v) Off-balance sheet financial instruments

 

The estimated fair values of the off-balance sheet financial instruments are based on market prices for similar facilities. When this information is not available, fair value is estimated using discounted cash flow analysis.

 

119



 

J.                FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

 

4.              Fair value of financial assets and liabilities (continued)

 

(a) Financial instruments not measured at fair value

 

The table below summarises the carrying amounts and fair values of financial assets and liabilities.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

Available

 

Held-to-

 

Loans and

 

amortised

 

carrying

 

 

 

 

 

for sale

 

maturity

 

receivables

 

cost

 

amount

 

Fair value

 

31 December 2014

 

TZS’Million

 

TZS’Million

 

TZS’Million

 

TZS’Million

 

TZS’Million

 

TZS’Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with Central Banks

 

 

 

 

549,570

 

549,570

 

549,570

 

Loans and advances to banks

 

 

 

294,626

 

 

294,626

 

294,626

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

 

 

 

 

2,545,296

 

 

2,545,296

 

2,545,296

 

Government securities

 

54,432

 

540,153

 

 

 

594,585

 

594,585

 

Other assets

 

 

 

41,099

 

 

41,099

 

41,099

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

54,432

 

540,153

 

2,881,021

 

549,570

 

4,025,176

 

4,025,176

 

Financial liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits from banks

 

 

 

 

94,594

 

94,594

 

94,594

 

Deposits from customers

 

 

 

 

3,390,921

 

3,390,921

 

3,390,921

 

Other liabilities

 

 

 

 

87,854

 

87,854

 

87,854

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,573,369

 

3,573,369

 

3,573,369

 

 

120



 

J.                FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

 

4.              Fair value of financial assets and liabilities (continued)

 

(a)         Financial instruments not measured at fair value

 

The table below summarises the carrying amounts and fair values of financial assets and liabilities.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

Available

 

Held-to-

 

Loans and

 

amortised

 

carrying

 

 

 

 

 

for sale

 

maturity

 

receivables

 

cost

 

amount

 

Fair value

 

31 December 2013

 

TZS’Million

 

TZS’Million

 

TZS’Million

 

TZS’Million

 

TZS’Million

 

TZS’Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with Central Banks

 

 

 

 

491,883

 

491,883

 

491,883

 

Loans and advances to banks

 

 

 

317,262

 

 

317,262

 

317,262

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

 

 

1,992,565

 

 

1,992,565

 

1,992,565

 

Government securities

 

 

539,901

 

 

 

539,901

 

516,170

 

Other assets

 

 

 

44,271

 

 

44,271

 

44,271

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

539,901

 

2,354,098

 

491,883

 

3,385,882

 

3,362,151

 

Financial liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits from banks

 

 

 

 

93,630

 

93,630

 

93,630

 

Deposits from customers

 

 

 

 

3,024,994

 

3,024,994

 

3,024,994

 

Other liabilities

 

 

 

 

42,860

 

42,860

 

42,860

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,161,484

 

3,161,484

 

3,161,484

 

 

121



 

J.                FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

 

4.              Fair value of financial assets and liabilities (continued)

 

(a) Financial instruments not measured at fair value

 

The table below summarises the carrying amounts and fair values of financial assets and liabilities.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

Available

 

Held-to-

 

Loans and

 

amortised

 

carrying

 

 

 

 

 

for sale

 

maturity

 

receivables

 

cost

 

amount

 

Fair value

 

31 December 2012

 

TZS’Million

 

TZS’Million

 

TZS’Million

 

TZS’Million

 

TZS’Million

 

TZS’Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with Central Banks

 

 

 

 

472,641

 

472,641

 

472,641

 

Loans and advances to banks

 

 

 

137,082

 

 

137,082

 

137,082

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

 

 

1,806,865

 

 

1,806,865

 

1,806,865

 

Government securities

 

 

515,327

 

 

 

515,327

 

500,250

 

Other assets

 

 

 

12,590

 

 

12,590

 

12,590

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

515,327

 

1,956,537

 

472,641

 

2,944,505

 

2,929,428

 

Financial liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits from banks

 

 

 

 

135,580

 

135,580

 

135,580

 

Deposits from customers

 

 

 

 

2,591,033

 

2,591,033

 

2,591,033

 

Other liabilities

 

 

 

 

29,544

 

29,544

 

29,544

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,756,157

 

2,756,157

 

2,756,157

 

 

122



 

J.                FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

 

4.              Fair value of financial assets and liabilities (continued)

 

2.              Fair value hierarchy

 

IFRS 13 specifies a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources; unobservable inputs reflect the Group’s market assumptions. These two types of inputs have created the following fair value hierarchy:

 

·                    Level 1 - Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

·                  Level 2 - Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from prices).

 

·                  Level 3 - inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs). This level includes equity investments and debt instruments with significant unobservable components. This hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available. The Group considers relevant and observable market prices in its valuations where possible.

 

The following table represents the Group’s financial assets that are measured at fair value at 31 December 2014. Motor vehicles that are measure at fair value are disclosed under note 21.

 

 

 

 

 

TZS Million

 

 

 

31 December 2014

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Treasury Bonds

 

54,432

 

 

 

54,432

 

- Equity Investment

 

 

2,280

 

 

 

2,280

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

54,432

 

2,280

 

 

56,712

 

 

There were no transfers between levels 1 and 2 during the year.

 

The following table represents the Group’s financial assets that are measured at fair value at 31 December 2013. Motor vehicles that are measure at fair value are disclosed under note 21.

 

 

 

TZS Million

 

31 December 2013

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Treasury Bonds

 

29,245

 

 

 

29,245

 

- Equity Investment

 

 

2,280

 

 

2,280

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

29,245

 

2,280

 

 

31,525

 

 

123



 

J.                  FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

 

4.              Fair value of financial assets and liabilities (continued)

 

(b)         Fair value hierarchy (continued)

 

The following table represents the Group’s financial assets that are measured at fair value at 31 December 2012. Motor vehicles that are measure at fair value are disclosed under note 36.

 

 

 

TZS Million

 

31 December 2012

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Treasury Bonds

 

12,291

 

 

 

12,291

 

- Equity Investment

 

 

1,200

 

 

1,200

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

12,291

 

1,200

 

 

13,491

 

 

There were no transfers between levels 1 and 2 during the year.

 

(a)         Financial instruments in level 1

 

The fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets is based on quoted market prices at the end of the reporting period. A market is regarded as active if quoted prices are readily and regularly available from an exchange, dealer, broker, industry Group, pricing service, or regulatory agency, and those prices represent actual and regularly occurring market transactions on an arm’s length basis. The quoted market price used for financial assets held by the Group is the current bid price of debt securities from the most current Bank of Tanzania auction results. Instruments included in Level 1 comprise primarily available-for-sale Treasury Bonds.

 

(b)         Financial instruments in level 2

 

The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market (for example, over-the-counter derivatives) is determined by using valuation techniques. These valuation techniques maximise the use of observable market data where it is available and rely as little as possible on entity specific estimates. If all significant inputs required to fair value an instrument are observable, the instrument is included in level 2.

 

(b)         Fair value hierarchy (continued)

 

If one or more of the significant inputs is not based on observable market data, the instrument is included in Level 3.

 

Specific valuation techniques used to value financial instruments include:

 

·                  Quoted market prices or dealer/Bank of Tanzania quotes for similar instruments;

 

·                  Quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.

 

124



 

K.              CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

 

The Bank’s objectives for managing capital, which is a broader concept than the ‘equity’ on the face of balance sheets, are:

 

·                       To comply with the capital requirements set by the Central Bank i.e. Bank of Tanzania;

 

·                      To safeguard the Bank’s ability to continue as a going concern so that it can continue to provide returns for Shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders; and

 

·                       To maintain a strong capital base to support the development of its business.

 

Capital adequacy and the use of regulatory capital are monitored daily by the Bank’s management, employing techniques based on the guidelines developed by the Basel Committee, as implemented by the Bank of Tanzania, for supervisory purposes. The required information is filed with the Central Bank on a quarterly basis.

 

The Central Bank requires the Banking Group to:

 

(a)              hold the minimum level of core capital of TZS15 billion;

 

(b)              maintain a ratio of core capital to the risk-weighted assets plus risk-weighted off-balance sheet assets (the ‘Basel ratio’) at or above the required minimum of 10%; and

 

(c)          Maintain total capital of not less than 12% of risk-weighted assets plus risk-weighted off-balance sheet items.

 

The Bank’s regulatory capital as managed by its Finance department is divided into two tiers:

 

·                  Tier 1 capital: share capital, retained earnings and reserves created by appropriations of retained earnings. Intangible assets and prepaid expenses are deducted in arriving at Tier 1 capital; and

 

·                       Tier 2 capital: qualifying subordinated loan capital, revaluation reserve and loan portfolio general provision.

 

The risk-weighted assets are measured by means of a hierarchy of five risk weights classified according to the nature of - and reflecting an estimate of credit, market and other risks associated with each asset and counterparty, taking into account any eligible collateral or guarantees. A similar treatment is adopted for off-balance sheet exposure, with some adjustments to reflect the more contingent nature of the potential losses.

 

The table below summarises the composition of regulatory capital and the ratios of the Bank for the year ended 31 December 2014 and year ended 31 December 2013. During those two periods, the Bank complied with all of the externally imposed capital requirements to which they are subject.

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

Tier 1 capital

 

TZS’Million

 

TZS’Million

 

TZS’Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital

 

54,413

 

54,413

 

54,413

 

Share Premium

 

18,765

 

18,765

 

18,765

 

Retained earnings

 

340,698

 

292,871

 

234,469

 

Prepaid expenses

 

(17,024

)

(8,523

)

(6,046

)

Intangible assets

 

(15,833

)

(15,502

)

(13,740

)

Deferred tax asset

 

(3,201

)

(3,851

)

(3,852

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total qualifying Tier 1 capital

 

377,818

 

338,173

 

284,009

 

 

125



 

K.            CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

 

The table below summarises the composition of regulatory capital and the ratios of the Bank for the year ended 31 December 2014 and year ended 31 December 2013. During those two periods, the Bank complied with all of the externally imposed capital requirements to which they are subject.

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

Tier 1 capital

 

TZS’Million

 

TZS’Million

 

TZS’Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital

 

54,413

 

54,413

 

54,413

 

Share Premium

 

18,765

 

18,765

 

18,765

 

Retained earnings

 

340,698

 

292,871

 

234,469

 

Prepaid expenses

 

(17,024

)

(8,523

)

(6,046

)

Intangible assets

 

(15,833

)

(15,502

)

(13,740

)

Deferred tax asset

 

(3,201

)

(3,851

)

(3,852

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total qualifying Tier 1 capital

 

377,818

 

338,173

 

284,009

 

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

Tier 2 capital

 

TZS’Million

 

TZS’Million

 

TZS’Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Portfolio general provision

 

3,300

 

2,457

 

2,916

 

Subordinated debt

 

31,333

 

10,267

 

 

Revaluation reserve

 

920

 

2,280

 

2,855

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total qualifying Tier 2 capital

 

35,553

 

15,004

 

5,771

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total regulatory capital

 

413,371

 

353,177

 

289,780

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk-weighted assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On-balance sheet

 

2,543,913

 

2,002,569

 

1,679,737

 

Off-balance sheet

 

340,187

 

331,804

 

151,779

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total risk-weighted assets

 

2,884,100

 

2,334,373

 

1,831,516

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank’s

 

Bank’s

 

Bank’s

 

 

 

Required

 

ratio

 

ratio

 

ratio

 

 

 

ratio

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 capital

 

10

 

13.1

 

14.5

 

15.5

 

Tier 1 + Tier 2 capital (Total capital)

 

12

 

14.3

 

15.1

 

15.8

 

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgment in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

 

126



 

L.             EVENTS AFTER THE STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION DATE

 

There were no events after the statement of financial position date which requires any adjustment and disclosures in the financial statements.

 

M.         CONSENT

 

We consent to the inclusion of this report in the information memorandum in the form and context in which it appears.

 

N.            CONCLUSION

 

The financial information set out in this Accountants’ Report has been extracted from the audited financial statements of the company for 3 years to 31 December 2014 and for each of the relevant periods, unqualified audit reports were issued. Based on our review, nothing has come to our attention that causes us to believe that the financial information is not prepared in all material respects in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards.

 

Deloitte & Touche

 

 

Certified Public Accountants (Tanzania)

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ D C Nchimbi

 

16 June 2015

Signed by: D C Nchimbi

 

 

Dar es Salaam

 

 

 

127



 

PART 8: LEGAL OPINION

 

 

 

 

 

ABENRY & COMPANY

 

Advocates Patent and Trademark Attorneys

 

Our ref: CO/CRDB/LHS/220/15

 

Legal Opinion

 

The Directors

CRDB Bank Plc

4th Floor Office, Accommodation Scheme Building

Azikiwe Street

P.O. Box 268

Dar-es-Salaam

Ladies and Gentlemen,

 

RE:             LEGAL OPINION IN RESPECT OF A RIGHTS ISSUE OF CRDB BANK PLC

 

1.                            Background and purpose

 

We, Abenry & Company, Advocates, have been engaged as Legal Advisers to advise CRDB Bank Public Limited Company (“CRDB”) in connection with the planned Rights Issue pursuant to this Information Memorandum.

 

2.                            Interpretation

 

2.1                     Wherever used in this Opinion, unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

2.1.1                     Banking Act” shall mean Banking and Financial Institutions Act, Cap. 342;

 

2.1.2                                      BoT” shall mean the Central Bank of Tanzania, established under Bank of Tanzania Act, Cap 197;

 

128



 

2.1.3                     CRDB” or “the Company” shall mean CRDB Bank Public Limited Company, a public company incorporated in Tanzania on 28th June, 1996 and issued with Certificate of Incorporation No. 30227. It is also a financial institution licensed to conduct banking business in Tanzania under Banking Licence No. CBA 00028 issued by BoT;

 

2.1.4                     CMSA” or “the Authority” shall mean the Capital Markets and Securities Authority established under the Capital Markets and Securities Act, Cap 79;

 

2.1.5                     CMS Act” shall mean the Capital Markets and Securities Act, Cap 79;

 

2.1.6                     “Companies Act” shall mean the Companies Act, Cap. 212; and

 

2.1.7                     DSE” shall mean the Dar-es-Salaam Stock Exchange.

 

2.2                  Unless otherwise provided, references herein to a specified paragraph or annex shall be construed as a reference to a specified paragraph or annex hereof. In this Opinion, the headings and the annexes are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be used to define, interpret or limit the content hereof.

 

2.3                     Terms and expressions referring the singular are deemed to include the plural and vice-versa.

 

3.                            Reviewed documentation and procedures; Qualifications

 

3.1.               For the purpose of expressing the opinion hereinafter we have examined the following documents or copies thereof (or as referred to in the preceding section 2) and such other documents or instruments as we have considered necessary in connection with this opinion:

 

(a)                                 the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company No. 30227;

 

(b)                                 the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company in its original form;

 

(c)                                  the Companies Act;

 

(d)                                 the Banking Act;

 

(e)                                  the CMS Act and related Regulations including the Capital Markets and Securities (the Capitalization and Rights Issue) Regulations, 2000 and the Capital Markets and Securities (Prospectus Requirements) Regulations, 1997;

 

(f)                                   the Resolution of the Company passed at the Annual General Meeting of the Company on 9th May 2015 authorizing the Rights Issue;

 

129



 

(g)                            the following licences and approvals given to the Company for the carrying on of its businesses:

 

(i)                             Banking Licence No. CBA 00028 which was issued by the Bank of Tanzania on the 22nd September, 2004 authorizing CRDB to conduct banking business;

 

(ii)                          TIN certificate number 100-476-541 dated 01st November, 2000 issued by Tanzania Revenue Authority; and

 

(iii)                       Business Licence No. B 1775925 issued on the 07th August, 2014 for the Head office;

 

(h)                             Court Files relating to material litigation by or against CRDB;

 

(i)                                 “Material” Contracts to which CRDB is a party;

 

(j)                                Insurance Policies taken by CRDB; and

 

(k)                             Other documents as we have deemed prudent.

 

3.2                     In expressing the opinion hereinafter we have examined and relied on originals or copies (as the case may be) of the above mentioned documents, whereby we have assumed:

 

(a)                              all signatures on all documents reviewed by us are genuine;

 

(b)                              all documents submitted to us as copies are true and complete copies of the originals thereof;

 

(c)                               each natural person signing any document reviewed by us had the legal capacity to do so;

 

(d)                            each natural person signing any document reviewed by us in a representative capacity had authority to sign in such capacity;

 

(e)                               that each Shareholder will exercise his or her right;

 

(f)                                that the investment opportunities will not change; and

 

(g)                               further that the rights issuance does not change the operations of the Company.

 

130



 

4.                            Opinion

 

4.1                     Based upon and subject to (1) the foregoing, (2) paragraph 4.2 of this opinion, (3) any matters set out in this Information Memorandum, and (4) to any matters not made known to us, we are of the opinion that:

 

(a)                             the Company is a public company limited by shares, duly incorporated in Tanzania pursuant to the provisions of the Companies Act, with power to execute, deliver and exercise its right and perform its obligations pursuant to the initial public offering, and such execution and performance have been duly authorized by appropriate corporate action;

 

(b)                             the rights obligations of the Company contemplated by this transaction constitute valid and binding rights and obligations enforceable in accordance with their terms;

 

(c)                              the Rights Issue has been duly and validly authorized by the Company and no other corporate action on the part of the Company is necessary to authorize the offer;

 

(d)                             the execution and consummation of the Offer contemplated by the Company do not conflict with and do not and shall not result in the breach of applicable law, rule or regulations or any agreement or obligation to which the Company is party or bound by, which would individually or in the aggregate impair the validity of the public offer transaction or have material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to perform its obligations after the Offer;

 

(e)                          the Rights Issue is in compliance of the CMS Act and all other laws relevant and enforceable in Tanzania at the time of giving this Opinion; and

 

(f)                           the transactions contemplated by the Rights Issue and the performance by the Company of its obligations there under will not violate any law of Tanzania.

 

4.2               Based upon and subject as aforesaid, and without prejudice to the generality of the matters set out in paragraph 4.1 of this opinion, we are further of the opinion that:

 

(a)                         Article 19.1 of the Articles of Association of the Company authorizes the Company with the authority of ordinary resolution, to invite its existing Members to subscribe for further capital in proportion to their existing shareholding i.e. a rights issue;

 

(b)                         pursuant to the Resolution of the Company at the Annual General Meeting on 9th May 2015, the Company authorized the issuance of up to 435,306,432 (say four hundred thirty five million three hundred six thousand four hundred thirty two) new ordinary shares of Tanzania Shillings twenty five (25) each, by way of rights, to holders of ordinary shares of the Bank who appear in the Register of Shareholders at the close of business on a date to be determined, the issue to be on the basis of one (1) new ordinary share for every five (5) ordinary shares. The Rights to be issued are renounceable, meaning that shares not taken will be renounced in favour of identified Underwriters;

 

131



 

(c)                          all authorizations, approvals, consents, licenses, exemptions, fillings or registrations of or with any governmental or public bodies or authorities of or in Tanzania required in connection with the business of the Company including the Bank of Tanzania approvals, CMSA approval and DSE approval have been obtained in proper form, and are in full force and effect;

 

(d)                         all authorizations and approvals by BoT, CMSA and DSE required for the Rights Issue under the respective Legislation and Rules have been obtained;

 

(e)                          as of the date of this Opinion the Company has in force eight (8) “material” contracts to which the Company is a party. These include Agency contracts and loan agreements entered into for the purpose of carrying out its functions. The List does not include employment contracts and Leases. By and large, the Agreements reviewed are well crafted and structured. Some of the major contracts include:

 

(i)                     Loan Agreement between International Finance Corporation (“IFC”) and CRDB Bank PLC (“CRDB”) dated 27th March 2014

 

Under this Agreement IFC agreed to lend CRDB an IFC Long-term Loan in an amount of up to USD Dollars forty million ($40,000,000) comprised of two equal tranches. The purpose of the Loan was to provide CRDB with funding to be used by CRDB for financing its lending operations to eligible SMEs provided that at least 20% of the proceeds are to be applied for on lending to Women owned SMEs.

 

IFC also extended an IFC Short-term Loan of up to US Dollars fifteen million ($15,000,000) for IFC’s own account and an amount of up to US Dollars ten million ($10,000,000) in IFC’s capacity as Implementing Entity of the Private Sector Window (PSW) of the Global Agriculture and Food Security Program (GAFSP).

 

(ii)                  Finance Contract between the European Investment Bank (EIB) and CRDB Bank PLC (“CRDB”) dated 3rd November, 2014.

 

Under the Contract, CRDB was extended a credit of EUR 20,000,000 (twenty million euros) as part of its participation in the East Africa Community Microfinance Facility II of EUR 75,000,000 (seventy five million euros) (the “EAC Facility”), which is extended by EIB to a group of financial institutions (each, an “EAC Bank” and together, the “EAC Banks”) located in the East African Community, including the United Republic of Tanzania (“Tanzania”), Republic of Uganda, Republic of Kenya and Republic of Rwanda (“EAC”).

 

The EAC Facility was extended from Cotonou Investment Facility resources made available by EIB under the Partnership Agreement signed in Cotonou on 23rd June 2000, between the European Community and its Member States, and the African, Caribbean and Pacific States, as revised subsequently (the “Cotonou Agreement”).

 

132



 

The EAC Facility is to be used by the EAC Banks for the financing of micro-credits totaling up to 50% (fifty percent.) of the total cost of the projects which comply with the eligibility criteria set out in the Contract and extended to micro- and small enterprises, self-employed entrepreneurs, sole-proprietorships, small scale farm holders and micro-entrepreneur groups in agro-industry, fishing, construction, food processing, manufacturing, construction industry, transport, trade, retail and services related to these sectors.

 

(iii)               Participation Agreement between Tanzania Investment Bank Limited (“the bank”) and CRDB Bank PLC (“the borrower”) dated, 29th June, 2012.

 

This Agreement is for a duration of 108 months from the first draw down date. The facility is repayable in fourteen (14) equal semi-annually instalments plus interest of 6.48% per annum. The contract is in respect of refinancing 70% of the loan advanced to Mwenga Hydro Project for development of a 4MW run off river small hydro power project at Mwenga River. The facility is in form of a long term loan of TZS 4,804,100,000.00, plus interest.

 

(iv)              Participation agreement between the Development Bank Limited (“the bank”) and CRDB (“the borrower”), dated 2nd February, 2015

 

This Agreement is for a duration of 120 months from the first draw-down date. The facility is repayable in sixteen (16) equal semi-annual instalments plus interest of 8.62% per annum. The contract is in respect of refinancing 85% of the investment cost for project at Mtandasi River in Lifakara Village, Mbinga District Ruvuma Region. The term loan amounts to TZS 399, 500,000.00 plus interest.

 

(v)                 Participation agreement between the Development Bank Limited (“the bank”) and CRDB Bank PLC (“the borrower”), dated 2nd February, 2014.

 

The Agreement is for a period of 108 months from the first draw-down date. The facility shall be repayable in twenty four (24) equal semi-annual instalments plus interest of 8.62% per annum. The contract is in respect of refinancing 85% of the investment cost for development of a 0.24MW small renewable energy hydro power project at Nambis River in Darakuta Ranch, Babati District, Manyara Region. The term loan amounts to TZS 374,000,000.00 plus interest.

 

(f)                           the Company has also entered into an Underwriting Agreement with Africa Capitalization Fund, Ltd. (“AfCap”), CDC Group PLC, (“CDC”); and International Finance Corporation (“IFC”) (the “Underwriters”). Under the Agreement, the Underwriters have agreed, on a several basis, on the terms and subject to the conditions referred to in the Agreementto subscribe, at the Rights Issue Price, for the New Shares not otherwise taken up; and pay to the Company (who will receive the same on behalf of non-accepting qualifying Shareholders) the Nil Paid Rights Amount multiplied by the number of New Shares respectively subscribed for by them (subject to the Maximum Underwriting Commitment). A copy of the Agreement is available for inspection at the offices of the Company.

 

133



 

The Agreement is governed by and interpreted in accordance with English law. The Parties have agreed that any dispute which may arise out of or in connection with the Agreement, shall be referred to and finally resolved by arbitration under the Arbitration Rules of the London Court of International Arbitration (LCIA).

 

(g)                            the Company has taken the following insurance policies:

 

S/ N

 

INSURANCE POLICY

 

AMOUNT OF COVER

 

INSURER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.

 

Public and Product Liability

 

TZS 100,000,000

 

Jubilee Insurance Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.

 

Assets and All Risks Insurance

 

TZS 60,200,000,000

 

Jubilee Insurance Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.

 

Motor Vehicle Company

 

TZS 8,856,716,395

 

Metropolitan Insurance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.

 

Deductible Buy Down Cover

 

USD 300,000

 

Metropolitan Insurance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.

 

Directors and Officers Liability

 

USD 6,000,000

 

Metropolitan Insurance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.

 

Comprehensive Crime Insurance

 

USD 187,337 Company

 

Metropolitan Insurance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.

 

Group Personal Accident

 

TZS 51,833,330,482

 

Jubilee Insurance Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.

 

Group Life

 

TZS 131,499,737,417

 

African Life Insurance

 

134



 

(h)                                CRDB Microfinance Services Company Limited has taken the following insurance policies:

 

S/N.

 

INSURANCE POLICY

 

AMOUNT OF COVER

 

INSURER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.

 

Electronic Equipment

 

TZS 154,335,544.00

 

Jubilee Insurance Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.

 

Fire and Allied Perils

 

TZS 101, 385, 455.00

 

Jubilee Insurance Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.

 

Business All Risks

 

TZS 126,582,416.00

 

Jubilee Insurance Company

 

(i)

 

CRDB Bank Burundi S.A. has taken the following insurances:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurer:

 

Maxinsure (Tanzania) Limited

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Policy No.

 

101021500057

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Type of Insurance:

 

Political risk, Terrorism & Sabotage cover

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Insured:

 

CRDB Bank Plc, Burundi S.A, P.O Box 254, Bujumbura, Burundi

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sum Insured:

 

USD 10,000,000.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annual Premium:

 

USD 50,000.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reinsurance:

 

100% fronted to Reinsurance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Covered causes of loss:

 

 

 

 

 

1.

Act of terrorism

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.

Sabotage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.

Riots, strikes and/or civil commotion

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.

Insurrection, Revolution or rebellion

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.

Mutiny and (or coup d’etat)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.

War and or civil war.

 

(i)             save as disclosed below, there is no significant litigation, arbitration, prosecution or other civil or criminal legal action whatsoever in which the Company is involved that is taking place, pending or threatened that may adversely affect the Company in the Rights Issue. We have disclosed below the major cases that the Company is involved:

 

135



 

S/ N    CASE/CLAIM

 

1.

 

Commercial Case No. 39/2011

 

 

 

 

 

Parties: Dominic Daniel & Agnes Daniel vs CRDB Bank

 

 

 

 

 

Sum involved: TZS 10,000,000.00TZS. 3,500.000.00 to be paid per month from May 2011 until recovery of vacant possession of fateful Guest House.

 

 

 

 

 

Summary of the Case

 

 

 

 

 

The Plaintiffs are suing the Bank for specific as well as general damages. The Plaintiffs alleges that the Bank sold the disputed house without giving them the 60 days’ notice as required by law. They further maintain that by the time the bank sold the house they had already cleared the debt with the bank. As of now the plaintiff’s claim stands at TZS 120 million.

 

 

 

 

 

Hearing is complete. The court will deliver its judgment on notice.

 

 

 

2.

 

Appeal Case No. 80/2012

 

 

 

 

 

CRDB Bank vs Commissioner General- TRA

 

 

 

 

 

Sum involved: TZS. 2,977,770,619.20

 

 

 

 

 

Summary of the case

 

 

 

 

 

In this case the Bank was sued by the Tanzania Revenue Authority for recovery taxes in respect of money provided for loans. The Bank argues that provision for bad loans is an allowable expense and therefore not taxable. TRA argues that the provisional loans should either be written off or the bank should show evidence of payment of tax from the income from the loans. The judgment of the tax appeals tribunal was for Tanzania Revenue Authority. The bank has appealed to the Court of Appeal. Hearing will be on notice. But most of the issues which gave rise to the dispute between the Bank and Tanzania Revenue Authority are no longer issues. So even if the Bank is to lose the case the Tanzania Revenue Authority will have no basis to support execution of the decree.

 

136



 

3.

 

Civil Appeal No. 5/2005

 

 

 

 

 

Gracious Mwanguya vs CRDB Bank

 

 

 

 

 

Amount involved: TZS. 1,332,015,304.00

 

 

 

 

 

Summary of the case

 

 

 

 

 

Appellant has sued the Bank for specific as well as general damages. The appellant’s case is that the Bank unlawfully impounded and sold his tractor. The tractor had been charged to the bank as a security for the bank’s loan to the appellants. The judgment of the Kisutu RM’s court was for the appellant. On appeal the High Court gave its judgment to the Bank. The appellant, then respondent, went to the court of appeal. The Court of appeal struck out the appeal on technical grounds. But Mr. Mwanguya has failed a Notice of Motion for extension of time within which to file a fresh appeal.

 

 

 

4.

 

Revision No. 25/2011

 

 

 

 

 

Feliciana Migimba vs CRDB Bank

 

 

 

 

 

Amount involved: TZS. 170,000,000.00

 

 

 

 

 

Summary of the case

 

 

 

 

 

The applicant, an ex-employee of the Bank is challenging her termination. The decision of the High Court-Labour Division was for the Bank. The applicant application for revision before a panel of the three judges of the High court. Hearing will be on notice.

 

 

 

5.

 

Civil Case No. 257/2003

 

 

 

 

 

Kagera Farmers Trust Fund vs CRDB Bank

 

 

 

 

 

Amount involved: TZS. 2,887,924,457.00

 

 

 

 

 

Summary of the case

 

 

 

 

 

The Plaintiff was suing the Bank for wrongfully debiting their accounts. The Bank was supposed to debit the Plaintiff’s sister account, (Kagera Corporative Union). The bank paid the Plaintiffs

 

137



 

 

 

the sum of TZS 250,000,000.00.

 

 

 

 

 

A judgment has been entered against the Bank. But the Bank has filed a notice of appeal. But the high court has not supplied the Bank with the necessary court records so that the Bank may prepare and file its Memorandum of appeal in the Court of appeal. And by an order of the Court of appeal, time within which the Bank may file its appeal has been extended until such time as the High Court would have supplied the bank with all the necessary papers. Also execution of the High Court decree has been stayed by the Court of Appeal in respect of the disputed sum pending determination of the bank’s intended appeal.

 

 

 

6.

 

Civil Case No. 171/2010

 

 

 

 

 

BUCO Investment Holdings vs CRDB Bank

 

 

 

 

 

Amount Involved: USD 28,284,486.35

 

 

 

 

 

Summary of the case

 

 

 

 

 

The plaintiff has sued the Bank claiming USD 28.2 million as damages for breach of Overdraft agreement. As part of its defense the Bank had raised a preliminary objection on a point of law that the plaintiff had no cause of action against the Bank. The Bank’s objection was disposed of by way of written submissions. The Court will give its ruling on notice.

 

 

 

7.

 

Civil Case No. 30/2011

 

 

 

 

 

Issack Mwamasika vs CRDB Bank

 

 

 

 

 

USD 205,000,000.00

 

 

 

 

 

Summary of the case

 

 

 

 

 

The Plaintiff has sued the Bank claiming USD 205 million as specific damages. The plaintiff alleges that the Bank unlawfully refused to give his 2 Title Deeds back to him after he had repaid his loan in full. The case is set for hearing on 2/6/2015.

 

 

 

 

 

Court of Appeal Civil Application No. 96 of 2013

 

 

 

 

 

South Freight and Export Co. Ltd vs. CRDB Bank

 

 

 

 

 

Amount involved: TZS 100 million USD 36,000.00

 

138



 

 

 

Summary of the case

 

 

 

 

 

This is an application for review of the Court of appeal decisions in Civil appeal No. 27 of 2012 in which the Court had allowed the Bank’s appeal against the decision of the High Court in Civil case No. 7 of 2004. The Bank has already filed all the necessary papers in court. Hearing of the application will be in notice.

 

 

 

8.

 

Civil Appeal No. 61 of 2012

 

 

 

 

 

CRDB Bank vs Marietha Magere

 

 

 

 

 

Amount involved: TZS 8,200,000.00

 

 

 

 

 

Summary of the case

 

 

 

 

 

The respondent had sued the Bank accusing it for negligence in handling the plaintiff’s bank account as a result of which negligence about TZS 400,000.00 was withdrawn from the account through ATM. The judgment of the Kisutu RM’S court was for the plaintiff. The bank has decided to appeal to challenge that judgment. The Bank’s position is that because and in so far as both the plaintiff’s bank card and PIN number were engaged in performing the Dispute transactions, the Bank is not liable.

 

 

 

9.

 

Court of Appeal Civil Appl. No 3 of 2013

 

 

 

 

 

Tanga Regional Transport Cooperative Society vs CRDB Bank

 

 

 

 

 

Amount involved: TZS 200,000,000.00

 

 

 

 

 

Summary of the case

 

 

 

 

 

This is an Application for review of the Court of Appeal decision to strike out the Applicant’s Notice of Appeal against the decision of the High Court in Civil case No. 7 of 1999 in which decision the applicant’s case then plaintiff, against the bank was dismissed with costs.

 

 

 

10.

 

Civil Appeal No. 52 of 2010

 

 

 

 

 

Jamal Ahmed vs CRDB Bank

 

 

 

 

 

Amount involved: TZS 950,000,000.00

 

139



 

 

 

Summary of the case

 

 

 

 

 

Having lost his case against the Bank in the High Court the appellant has gone to the court of Appeal. The appellant had sued the bank for negligence as a result of which the appellant’s heavy duty truck had been attached by a court broker apparently in execution of a decree in favor of the Bank against the third party unknown to the appellant. The Court broker had in fact attached the vehicle, but is later turned out that the vehicle did not belong to the judgment debtor.

 

 

 

11.

 

Commercial Case No. 39/2011

 

 

 

 

 

Parties: Dominic Daniel & Agnes Daniel vs CRDB Bank

 

 

 

 

 

Sum involving: TZS 10,000,000.00TZS. 3,500.000.00 to be paid per month from May 2011 till recovery of vacant possession of fateful Guest House

 

 

 

 

 

Summary of the Case

 

 

 

 

 

The plaintiffs are suing the Bank for specific as well as general and damage. The plaintiffs allege that the Bank sold the disputed house without giving them the 60 days’ notice as required by law. They further maintain that by the time the bank sold the house they had already cleared the debt with the bank. As of now the plaintiff’s claim stands at TZS 120 million.

 

 

 

 

 

Hearing is complete. The court will deliver its judgment on notice.

 

Currently, the total claim against the Company on the above mentioned major cases is Tanzania Shillings 8,535,910,380.20 and US Dollars 233,320,486.35 respectively. These are mostly credit related cases except for the tax related Appeal Case No. 80/2012, CRDB vs Commissioner General- TRA where the amount involved is TZS. 2,977,770,619.20 and the labour matter No. 25/2011, Feliciana Migimba vs CRDB where the amount involved is TZS. 170,000,000.00.

 

The pending cases, particulars of which have been given above, suggest that there are contingent liabilities that may arise upon the conclusion of these cases. However, most of the cases are at very early stages such that it is very difficult to predict with certainty in terms of actual liabilities that may arise for the purpose of determining the impact of pending litigation on the financial status of the Company.

 

(j)                                    no winding-up order has been issued against the Company or Receiver Manager or Liquidator appointed in respect of the Company;

 

(k)                                 save as disclosed in this Information Memorandum, there is no other agreement or arrangement concerning the Rights Issue;

 

140



 

(l)                                     there are no other material items than those mentioned in this Information Memorandum which have been disclosed to us or of which we are aware with regard to the legal status of the Company and the Rights Issue.

 

(m)                             the execution and consummation of the Rights Issue contemplated by the Company do not conflict with and do not and shall not result in the breach of applicable law, rule or regulations or any agreement or obligation to which the Company is party or bound by, which would individually or in the aggregate impair the validity of the public offer transaction or have material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to perform its obligations after the Rights Issue.

 

5.              Consent

 

We hereby consent to the inclusion of this legal opinion in the Information Memorandum to be issued by CRDB Bank PLC, in the form and text in which it is included.

 

Conclusion

 

This opinion is given only according to the laws of Tanzania in force at the date hereof and we do not express any opinion in respect of any laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

Yours sincerely,

 

 

 

/s/ Lucy Henry Sondo

 

Lucy Henry Sondo

 

PARTNER

 

 

141



 

RECEIVING AGENTS

 

 

 

 

 

Orbit Securities Company Limited

 

Core Securities Ltd

P.O. Box 70254, Dar es Salaam

 

P.O. Box 76800, Dar es Salaam.

4th Floor, Golden Jubilee Towers, Ohio Street,

 

Fourth Floor — Elite City Building, Samora

Tel: +255 22 2111758, Fax: +255 22 2113067

 

Avenue,

E-mail: orbit@orbit.co.tz

 

Tel: +255 22 2123103, Fax: +255 22 2122562

Website: www.orbit.co.tz

 

E-mail: info@coresecurities.co.tz

 

 

Website: www.coresecurities.co.tz

 

 

 

SOLOMON Stockbrokers Limited

 

Tanzania Securities Limited

P.O. Box 77049, Dar es Salaam

 

P.O. Box 9821, Dar es Salaam

Ground Floor — PPF House, Samora Avenue,

 

7th Floor, IPS Building Samora

Morogoro Road

 

Avenue/Azikiwe Street

Tel: +255 22 2124495, +255 2112874

 

Tel: +255 (22) 2112807, Fax: +255 (22)

Fax: +255 22 2131969

 

2112809

Mob: +255 714 269090 +255 764 269090

 

Mob: +255 718 799997 +255 713 244758

E-mail: solomon@simbanet.net, info@solomon.co.tz

 

E-mail: info@tanzaniasecurities.co.tz

Website: www.solomon.co.tz

 

Website: www.tanzaniasecurities.co.tz

 

 

 

TIB Rasilimali Limited

 

Zan Securities Limited

P.O. Box 9373, Dar es Salaam

 

P.O. Box 5366, Dar es Salaam

3rd Floor, CHC Building, Samora Avenue,

 

2nd Floor, Viva Tower, Bibi Titi Road

Tel: +255 22 2111711 Fax: +255 22 2122883

 

Tel: +255 22 2126415, Fax: +255 22 2126414

Mob: +255 713 777818 / 784 777818

 

E-mail: info@zansec.com

E-mail: rasilimali@africaonline.co.tz

 

 

 

 

 

Vertex International Securities Ltd

 

EA Capital Limited

P.O. Box 13412, Dar es Salaam

 

P.O Box 20650, Dar es Salaam

Annex Building — Zambia High Commission,

 

6th Floor, IT Plaza, Ohio Street

Sokoine Drive/Ohio Street,

 

Tel: +255 779740818, +255784461759

Tel: 255 22 2116382 Fax: 255 22 2110387

 

Email: EC@EACAPITAL-TZ.COM

E-mail: vertex@vertex.co.tz,

 

 

operations@vertex.co.tz

 

 

Website: www.vertex.co.tz

 

 

 

 

 

All Branches of CRDB Bank Plc

 

Optima Corporate Finance Limited

 

 

P.O Box 4441, Dar es Salaam

 

 

Plot No 565 “B”, Senga Street , Mikocheni

 

 

Tel: +255 684 856648

 

 

Email: gichohi@optimacorporate.co.tz

 

142



 

GRAPHIC

 

APPENDIX I: SAMPLE PROVISIONAL ALOTMENT LETTER (PAL)

 

ON THE LETTERHEAD OF BANK

 

The Chief Executive

CRDB Bank Plc

4th Floor Office, Accommodation Scheme Building

Azikiwe Street

P.O. Box 268

Dar-es-Salaam

 

RE: CRDB BANK PLC RIGHTS ISSUE OF 435,306,432 ORDINARY SHARES AT TZS. 350 PER SHARE (THE OFFER) ON ACCEPTANCE NOT LATER THAN Tuesday, JULY 16TH, 2015

 

Dear Shareholder,

 

Provisional Allotment

 

The Directors of CRDB Bank Plc have provisionally allotted to you the number of new Ordinary Shares set out on the first page of the Entitlement and Acceptance Form, representing one (1) New Ordinary Shares for every five (5) Ordinary Shares that appeared against your name in the Bank’s Register of Members at the close of business on Thursday, June 18th, 2015 (Record date).  The new shares to be issued shall rank pari passu in all respects with the existing CRDB Ordinary Shares including the right to receive in full all dividends and other distributions declared, made and paid in respect of Ordinary Shares, for the financial year ending 31 December 2015.

 

You may accept all or some of the shares allotted to you or renounce all or some of them.  Shareholders who elect to accept the provisional allotment in full should complete section A (i) of the Entitlement and Acceptance Form, while those who elect to renounce their rights partially should complete section A (ii) and (iii) of the Entitlement and Acceptance Form. Those who elect to fully renounce their rights should complete section B (i).

 

Full Acceptance

 

If you wish to accept this Provisional Allotment in full, please complete section A of the enclosed Entitlement and Acceptance Form.  The completed Entitlement and Acceptance Form together with a cheque or bank draft for the full amount payable must be submitted to any of the Receiving Agents listed on page 142 of the Information Memorandum not later than Thursday 16th, July 2015.  The cheque or draft must be made payable to the Receiving Agent. All cheques and drafts will be presented upon receipt and all Entitlement and Acceptance Form in respect of which cheques are returned unpaid will be rejected and returned through the post.

 

Partial Acceptance

 

To accept your provisional allotment partially, please complete item (ii) and (iii) of section A and submit your Entitlement and Acceptance Form to any of the Receiving Agents listed on page 142 of the Information Memorandum together with a cheque or bank draft made payable to the Receiving Agent for the full amount payable in respect of the number of shares you have decided to accept.

 

Trading in Rights

 

The approval of the Exchange has been obtained for trading in the rights of the Bank.  The rights will be tradable between Friday, 26th June 2015 and Thursday, July 16th, 2015. Rights are renounceable to the Underwriters at TZS. 32 per New Share subject to the Maximum Underwriting Commitment which will be payable within four (4 weeks) after the Closing Date. Eligible Shareholders may also, at their option, choose not to take any action at all and untaken Rights will be sold to the Underwriters.

 

143



 

Allotment of Additional Shares

 

All Eligible Shareholders who apply for their New Shares in full or partially shall receive the full number of New Shares indicated in their PAL. New Shares not taken up shall form Untaken Rights which shall be sold to the Underwriters at TZS. 32 per New Share (subject to the Maximum Underwriting Commitment).

 

Acceptance and Payment

 

The receipt of any payment with your Entitlement and Acceptance Form will constitute an acceptance of all or part of this Allotment on the terms of this letter. Eligible Shareholders may take up all, some or none of the Rights. Eligible Shareholders wishing to take up all or part of their Rights are required to observe the following:

 

i)                 Acceptance of the Offer, once given is irrevocable.

 

ii)              Persons wishing to apply for New Shares must complete the Entitlement and Acceptance Form.

 

iii)           Except in the case of negligence or willful default on the part of CRDB Bank Plc, their Advisors or any of the Authorized Agents, neither the Issuer, nor any of the Advisors nor any of the Authorized Agents shall be under any liability whatsoever should an Entitlement and Acceptance Form not be received by the Closing Date.

 

iv)          Acceptance may only be communicated by submitting a duly completed Entitlement and Acceptance Form together with Application Money for the number of New Shares applied for. The Entitlement and Acceptance Form must be signed so as to be binding.

 

v)             The Entitlement and Acceptance Form, once duly completed and signed, must be returned to CRDB Bank Plc either directly or through any Authorized Agent, together with the Application Money for the number of New Shares. Payment of the Application Money must be made no later than 4.00 pm on Thursday 16th, July 2015. Contrary to this provision, the provisional allotment will be deemed to have been declined and will be cancelled.

 

vi)          The Bank has undertaken to make payment of the aggregate Untaken Rights payment to Shareholders accounts in respect of their Untaken Rights within four (4) weeks after the Closing Date.

 

Enclosed is the Entitlement and Acceptance Form and Application Guideline.

 

 

Yours Sincerely,

 

/s/ Martin J Mmari

 

Martin J Mmari

 

 

Board Chairman

 

144



 

APPENDIX II: SAMPLE ENTITLEMENT AND ACCEPTANCE FORM

 

PLEASE READ APPLICATION GUIDELINES BEFORE COMPLETING THIS FORM*                       S/NO:

 

OFFICIAL USE ONLY

 

CRDB BANK PLC ENTITLEMENT AND ACCEPTANCE FORM

FOLIO NUMBER

BANK BRANCH: 

 

Branch Code:

Branch Stamp

PAL NUMBER

 

 

DETAILS OF ELIGIBLE SHAREHOLDER:

Ordinary Shares Registered as at 18thJune 2015

(Shareholder’s name and address)

 

 

ENTITLEMENT:

 

Provisional Shares Allotted

 

DO NOT WRITE HERE

 

 DIRECT PAYMENT: (for use only when payment is by Cheque)

Cheque Amount in TZS

 

 

 

 Name of Bank/Branch

Bank Code

Cheque Number

 

 

BANK DETAILS: (for payment of Untaken Rights)

 

 

 

Account Number

Name of Bank/Branch

 

 

A.          ENTITLEMENT & ACCEPTANCE

 

 

FULL ACCEPTANCE

I/We hereby accept in full, subject to the terms of the CRDB Bank Plc Information Memorandum dated 16thJune 2015 and the Memorandum and Articles of Association of CRDB Bank Plc, the number of New Shares specified as ENTITLEMENT:

(i)* AMOUNT PAYABLE [TZS]

 

PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE

I/we hereby accept partial, subject to the terms of the CRDB Bank Plc Information Memorandum dated 16thJune 2015, this PAL and the Memorandum and Articles of Association of CRDB Bank PLC, the number of New Shares specified as PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE:

(ii)*PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE

(iii)*AMOUNT PAYABLE [TZS]

 

B.          RENUNCIATION & TRANSFER

 

 

 

FULL RENUNCIATION/FULL TRANSFER

I/We hereby RENOUNCE in FULL, subject to the terms of the Information Memorandum dated 16thJune 2015, the number of New Shares specified as FULL RENUNCIATION:

 

(i)*

Yes o

 

SHARES TRANSFERRED

AMOUNT PAYABLE [TZS]

 

C.          DETACHABLE PART (To be retained by shareholder) PAL NUMBER

 

 

Name of Applicant

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

No of shares paid for

Amount paid [TZS]

 

145



 

APPENDIX III: APPLICATION GUIDELINES

 

Do not fill in the section Marked ‘Official Use Only’

 

PART A: ENTITLEMENT & ACCEPTANCE

 

(i)     If you are accepting the full number of Rights allotted to you as shown on the section ‘ENTITLEMENT’ fill in the total amount payable (total number of shares allotted x price), then skip section B;

(ii)  If you are accepting only part of the shares allotted to you, fill in the amount payable of the new shares being accepted ( number of new shares accepted x Price) in section A (ii &iii);

 

PART B: RENUNCIATION & TRANSFER

 

(i)       If renouncing all the new shares tick ‘Yes’;

 

(ii)    If renouncing part of the new shares, fill in the number of shares renounced in section B;

 

PART C: SIGNATURES

 

Primary application of Company Director must sign in the box labelled ‘Signature 1’

 

Secondary Applicant/ or Company Secretary must sign in the box labelled ‘Signature 2’

 

Company Seal

 

·      Applications signed by thumbprint, must have the thumbprint witnessed. The witness must sign next to the thumbprint and attach a photocopy of ID.

 

NOTE:                               The Rights Issue will open at 9:00 a.m. on Friday, 26th June, 2015 and close at 4:00 p.m. on Thursday, July 16th, 2015. If no right is exercised up to 4:00 p.m. on Thursday, July 16th, 2015 the right will automatically lapse. Untaken rights will be sold to the Underwriters at TZS. 32 per New Share (Subject to the Maximum Underwriting Commitment).

 

146



 

APPENDIX IV: CRDB BANK PLC DISRTIBUTION NETWORK ACROSS THE COUNTRY

 

SN

 

BRANCH NAME

 

LOCATION

 

OUTLET TYPE

 

YEAR OPENED

1

 

Tower

 

Dar es salaam

 

Mega branch

 

2000

2

 

Azikiwe

 

Dar es salaam

 

Mega branch

 

1989

3

 

Holland house

 

Dar es salaam

 

Mega branch

 

1990

4

 

Arusha

 

Arusha

 

Big branch

 

1987

5

 

Lumumba

 

Dar es salaam

 

Big branch

 

1984

6

 

Morogoro

 

Morogoro

 

Big branch

 

1986

7

 

Moshi

 

Moshi

 

Big branch

 

1986

8

 

Mwanza

 

Mwanza

 

Big branch

 

1985

9

 

Dodoma

 

Dodoma

 

Big branch

 

1990

10

 

Vijana

 

Dar es salaam

 

Big branch

 

1993

11

 

Kijitonyama

 

Dar es Salaam

 

Big branch

 

2003

12

 

Mlimani city

 

Dar es salaam

 

Big branch

 

2006

13

 

Mbeya

 

Mbeya

 

Big branch

 

1998

14

 

Iringa

 

Iringa

 

Big branch

 

1988

15

 

Azikiwe Premier

 

Dar es salaam

 

Big branch

 

2007

16

 

Kahama

 

Kahama

 

Medium branch

 

2001

17

 

Kigoma

 

Kigoma

 

Medium branch

 

2001

18

 

Mandela

 

Morogoro

 

Medium branch

 

2005

19

 

Meru

 

Arusha

 

Medium branch

 

2004

20

 

Bukoba

 

Kagera

 

Medium branch

 

1989

21

 

Mtwara

 

Mtwara

 

Medium branch

 

1991

22

 

Musoma

 

Musoma

 

Medium branch

 

1997

23

 

Nyerere

 

Mwanza

 

Medium branch

 

2004

24

 

Shinyanga

 

Shinyanga

 

Medium branch

 

1993

25

 

Songea

 

Songea

 

Medium branch

 

1997

26

 

Tanga

 

Tanga

 

Medium branch

 

1985

27

 

Waterfront

 

Dar es salaam

 

Medium branch

 

2006

28

 

Njombe

 

Njombe

 

Medium branch

 

2008

29

 

Pugu Road

 

Dar es salaam

 

Medium branch

 

2004

30

 

Sumbawanga

 

Rukwa

 

Medium branch

 

1991

31

 

Tabora

 

Tabora

 

Medium branch

 

1999

32

 

Udsm

 

Dar es salaam

 

Medium branch

 

2005

33

 

Singida

 

Singida

 

Medium branch

 

1985

34

 

Kilombero

 

Morogoro

 

Medium branch

 

2007

35

 

Kariakoo

 

Dar es salaam

 

Small branch

 

2010

36

 

Kibaha

 

Coast

 

Small branch

 

2009

37

 

Karagwe

 

Kagera

 

Small branch

 

1996

38

 

Korogwe

 

Tanga

 

Small branch

 

2008

39

 

Lindi

 

Lindi

 

Small branch

 

1989

40

 

Marangu

 

Moshi

 

Small branch

 

2009

41

 

Mbagala

 

Dar es Salaam

 

Small branch

 

2007

42

 

Mbezi Beach

 

Dar es salaam

 

Small branch

 

2008

43

 

Mbinga

 

Ruvuma

 

Small branch

 

2008

 

147



 

44

 

Mbozi

 

Mbeya

 

Small branch

 

2008

45

 

Mikocheni

 

Dar es salaam

 

Small branch

 

2010

46

 

Mpanda

 

Rukwa

 

Small branch

 

2011

47

 

Mwanjelwa

 

Mbeya

 

Small branch

 

2011

48

 

Mzumbe

 

Morogoro

 

Small branch

 

2005

49

 

Bariadi

 

Shinyanga

 

Small branch

 

2011

50

 

Bagamoyo

 

Coast

 

Small branch

 

2011

51

 

Hai

 

Moshi

 

Small branch

 

1992

52

 

Bugando

 

Mwanza

 

Small branch

 

2003

53

 

Udom

 

Dodoma

 

Small branch

 

2007

54

 

Tarime

 

Mara

 

Small branch

 

2008

55

 

Ubungo Branch

 

Dar es Salaam

 

Small branch

 

2012

56

 

Geita

 

Geita

 

Small branch

 

2008

57

 

Usa River

 

Arusha

 

Small branch

 

2008

58

 

Zanzibar

 

Zanzibar

 

Small branch

 

2010

59

 

Masasi

 

Mtwara

 

Small branch

 

2012

60

 

Tegeta

 

Dar es salaam

 

Small branch

 

2012

61

 

Tabata

 

Dar es salaam

 

Small branch

 

2012

62

 

Oyster Bay

 

Dar es salaam

 

Small branch

 

2012

63

 

Chamwino

 

Dodoma

 

Small branch

 

2012

64

 

Quality Centre

 

Dar es salaam

 

Small branch

 

2012

65

 

Urambo

 

Tabora

 

Small branch

 

2013

66

 

Makambako

 

Njombe

 

Small branch

 

2013

67

 

TFA

 

Arusha

 

Small branch

 

2013

68

 

Burundi

 

Inyenyeri Bujumura

 

Small branch

 

2013

69

 

Ifakara

 

Morogoro

 

Small branch

 

2013

70

 

Babati

 

Manyara

 

Small branch

 

2014

71

 

Mafinga

 

Iringa

 

Small branch

 

2014

72

 

Msasani

 

DSM

 

Small branch

 

2014

73

 

Maswa

 

Simiyu

 

Small branch

 

2014

74

 

Mbarali

 

Mbeya

 

Small branch

 

2014

75

 

Manyoni

 

Singida

 

Small branch

 

2014

76

 

Kyela

 

Mbeya

 

Small branch

 

2014

77

 

Kondoa

 

Dodoma

 

Small branch

 

2014

78

 

Mpwapwa

 

Dodoma

 

Small branch

 

2014

79

 

Asiatic

 

Burundi

 

Small branch

 

2014

80

 

City Market

 

Burundi

 

Small branch

 

2014

81

 

Muleba

 

Kagera

 

Small branch

 

2014

82

 

Temeke

 

DSM

 

Small branch

 

2015

 

148



 

SN

 

SERVICE CENTERS

 

LOCATION

 

MOTHER BRANCH

 

START DATE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Mabibo

 

Dar es salaam

 

UDSM

 

2009

2

 

Ardhi University

 

Dar es salaam

 

Milmani city

 

2010

3

 

Mbalizi

 

Mbeya

 

Mbeya

 

2010

4

 

Morogoro

 

Morogoro

 

Morogoro

 

2010

5

 

SAUTI

 

Mwanza

 

Mwanza

 

2012

6

 

KCMC

 

Moshi

 

Moshi

 

2013

7

 

Kwamromboo

 

Arusha

 

Arusha

 

2013

8

 

Mbezi Mwisho

 

Dsm

 

Ubungo

 

2013

9

 

Ngaramtoni

 

Meru

 

Meru

 

2013

10

 

Katoro

 

Geita

 

Geita

 

2014

11

 

Nguruka

 

Kigoma

 

Kigoma

 

2014

12

 

Siha

 

Kilimanjaro

 

Hai

 

2014

13

 

Tunduma

 

Mbeya

 

Mbozi

 

1905

14

 

Kasumulo

 

Mbeya

 

Mbeya

 

2012

15

 

Kilosa

 

Morogoro

 

Mzumbe

 

2012

16

 

Bunge

 

Dodoma

 

Dodoma

 

2012

17

 

Mapato

 

Arusha

 

Meru

 

2006

18

 

Mazimbu

 

Morogoro

 

Mandela

 

2007

19

 

Mkwawa

 

Iringa

 

Iringa

 

2007

20

 

Mwaloni

 

Mwanza

 

Mwanza

 

2011

21

 

Nyanza

 

Mwanza

 

Bugando

 

2009

22

 

SUA

 

Morogoro

 

Morogoro

 

2010

23

 

TBL

 

Dar es salaam

 

Vijana

 

2004

24

 

TPC

 

Moshi

 

Moshi

 

2001

25

 

TRA

 

Dar es salaam

 

Waterfront

 

2002

26

 

Sikonge

 

Tabora

 

Tabora

 

2014

27

 

TPA Container Terminals

 

DSM

 

Waterfront

 

2014

 

SN

 

MOBILE BRANCH

1

 

Mobile 1

 

Mugumu-Musoma

 

Musoma

 

2008

2

 

Mobile 10

 

Tunduma-Mbozi

 

Mbozi

 

2010

3

 

Mobile 2

 

Meru-Karatu

 

Karatu

 

2010

4

 

Mobile 3

 

Turiani-Morogoro

 

Mzumbe

 

2010

5

 

Mobile 4

 

Tukuyu-Mbeya

 

Mbeya

 

2011

6

 

Mobile 5

 

Tandahimba-Mtwara

 

Mtwara

 

2012

7

 

Mobile 6

 

Bukombe-Ushirombo

 

Geita

 

2013

8

 

Mobile 7

 

Chunya-Mbeya

 

Mbeya

 

2011

9

 

Mobile 8

 

Kasulu-Kigoma

 

Kigoma

 

2011

10

 

Mobile 9

 

mafinga

 

Njombe

 

2012

11

 

Mobile 11

 

Kibaigwa

 

Chamwino

 

2013

12

 

Mobile 13

 

Burundi

 

Bujumbura

 

2013

13

 

Mobile 12

 

Nachingwea

 

Lindi

 

2013

 

149



 

www.crdbbank.com